Home
Anthos ADAP Software for Zenyth 200
Contents
1. Figure 12 12 Applications tab ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 24 Running Cuvette Applications 2 In Samples to read select the sample ID for the first sample to read Note Action provides instructional prompts throughout the reading _ Note Do not insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder until prompted Note The instrument can be initialized by choosing Initialize Instrument from the Option menu Refer to Table 4 1 for more information about initializing the instrument Cuvette Reading File Option Action Select sample to read Press lt READ gt to begin measurement process Time left Samples to read Samples read PR2 PR3 f Reread Actual Value Read Blank ST UF Measurement Figure 12 13 Cuvette Reading Select sample to read Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 25 3 Choose Read to start the measurement Before inserting the cuvette into the cuvette holder allow the instrument to initialize and stabilize the light output of the lamp Figure 12 14 Place Cuvette appears in Action when the cuvette may be loaded Note To perform a blank measurement before reading cuvette samples refer to Section 12 3 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples Note Time left displays the time remaining until lamp stabilization is complete Lamp stabilization may take up to 60 seconds After 10 minutes of inactivity the Zenyth 200 automatically
2. 3 In Cutoff Formula if desired enter up to four new formulas to create new cutoff groups refer to Section 8 2 4 1 Configuring Groups and Cutoff Formulas 4 In Validation if desired enter up to five new test validation formulas to use to validate the measurement results refer to Section 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas 5 In Standards if desired enter new response formulas and concentrations to create a new standard curve and recalculate concentration values refer to Section 8 2 3 1 Configuring Standards 6 In Standards if desired choose a new Curve fit method to plot a new standard curve and recalculate the concentration values refer to Section 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters 7 In Standards if desired select a new Axis scale to plot the standard curve on a new scale refer to Section 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 24 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 8 When the new parameters have been entered as desired choose OK The test is automatically recalculated and the new measurement results displayed Note A message may appear stating that the plate data exists Figure 11 1 Choose Yes to overwrite the existing plate data with the recalculated plate data No to enter a new plate ID and save the recalculated plate data as a separate plate or Cancel to cancel any changes and retu
3. 9 6 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the EL 3 When all sample IDs and tests are configured choose View Make Plate Layout to set up and view the plate layout for the Multitest assay refer to Section 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout Note Choose Select Sample IDs to toggle to Sort Sample IDs refer to Section 9 2 2 4 Sorting Sample Sequences 9 2 2 4 Sorting Sample Sequences Sample IDs may be sorted into groups based on tests performed To sort sample IDs 1 Choose Select Sample IDs The mode toggles to Sort Sample IDs 2 Click the test number header to sort sample IDs by test performed For example choosing test 3 sorts all sample IDs on which test 3 will be performed Sample IDs that meet the sort criteria are grouped to the top of the list Note Sample IDs can only be sorted by one test at a time Note Click the Sample ID column header to sort the list back into ascending order by Sample ID Note Choose Sort Sample IDs to toggle to Select Sample IDs refer to Section 9 2 2 3 Selecting Tests to Perform on Sample IDs Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH J Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 7 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout After sample IDs and tests have been assigned the ADAP software needs to create plate layouts for the Multitest assay If Combine is selected multiple tests will be combined on a single plate if possible refer t
4. e Save new tests refer to Section 10 3 Saving New Tests e Run existing tests refer to Section 10 4 Running Existing Tests e Edit copy or delete test definitions refer to Section 10 5 Editing Copying and Deleting Test Definitions e Print test definition parameters refer to Section 10 6 Printing Test Definitions e Run preconfigured cuvette applications Refer to Chapter 12 Running Cuvette Applications for information about running cuvette applications Note Tests may be performed by all authorized users however tests may only be defined edited and deleted by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 2 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation IV 10 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters Test protocols may be defined in either the Quantitation or ELISA module While some functionality is common to both modules test definition parameters should be configured using the module that best meets the requirements of the test Choose the Quantitation module to e Quickly and easily define endpoint and kinetic tests that perform quantitative evaluations refer to Section 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test and Section 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test e Define spectral scan measurements
5. Note The ADAP Prisma software is required to view transmission profiles of single wells 7 3 7 2 1 Changing the Viewing Angle for All Wells The 3d View controls in the upper left of Scan allow the transmission profiles for all wells to be viewed from different angles To change the viewing angle 1 Use the horizontal scroll bar to rotate the view left and right if desired 2 Use the vertical scroll bar to rotate the view up and down if desired 3 Choose Refresh Graph to update the display of the absorbance profiles to the new viewing angle 7 3 7 2 2 Viewing the Transmission Profile of a Single Well Note The ADAP Prisma software is required to view transmission profiles of single wells A detailed view of the transmission profile for each measured well is available in View3D This 3 D image can be rotated zoomed and viewed with different textures and colors applied Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 49 To display View3D 1 In Scan click on the desired well to view View 3D appears Figure 7 36 File Edit View Longitude 10 Figure 7 36 View3D 2 To change the viewing angle of the transmission profile click and hold the left mouse button and move the mouse in the desired direction of rotation OR To zoom in or out click and hold the right mouse button and move the mouse left or right or up or down Note When zooming moving the mouse up and down produces t
6. 0 00 12 42 WOOK eocenie Sen cue ae oe eS Me eNO EERE EEE ES TREO Hawes REECE OE RES TERNS Ss xix Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH List of Figures Figure l l License Code is ticssisaccanvstavaciinaneciartecsnitnsansiaans ndara eaa Eea a nea ada aS Eaa anew 1 5 Fig r 1 2 LOS eesin asa a s a e ie aT e A AEE EE iiaee 1 6 Figure 1 3 ADAP Prisma main Window sssccssscssseeceescesseeeceseecoeseeseecceseceseeeaencenaesoeseeeeees 1 7 Figure 2 1 LOS iea A eer a AAS 2 3 Fig r 2 2 I 512 eee eee e r aE a E eer EERE 2 4 Figure 2 3 Login system administrator login seesssessssssessssssssssesesstsetsesseseestsstsressseesessesee 2 5 Figure 2 4 Login adding a NEW User s sessssseserssesrstssresesissestentrsastassrsterensentaseassseastaresestares 2 6 Figure 2 5 Login system administrator login seessssssesssssssstssssesessststrsessesttsesstsresssersessesee 2 7 Figure 2 6 Login selecting a User to deletes 035 se sccavacaesecrcanircineenneacans 2 7 Figure 2 7 Login system administrator login ec ceceeseeeeseeseeeeeceseceeecaeeeseeeeeeeeeaecnaeeneeees 2 8 Figure 2 8 Login editing Full Name sssessesseseseesesseseeseeseeessseseeseseesesseeerseeseesesseseesessereeseesee 2 9 Fig r 2 9 Log Table siseneks a a Eea e ia aa AENEA Ee 2 10 Fig re 3 1 JOStUMENt ssc cacesanicndsvaocsustevanssauisaghadvianeaddisavs EEDE AENEASE LANES ECARE EEEE 3 2 Fig r 3 2 Betty SCIP sc teeirai
7. Figure 8 16 Plate ID Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ing and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 39 2 In Input Plate ID enter a plate ID or test definition name Note Input Plate ID also refers to saved measurement results for cuvette samples and test definition names Table 8 6 Matchcode wildcard operators Wildcard Pattern Result a Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a in the ID or name Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the beginning of the ID or name a Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the end of the ID or name alph Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with alph followed by an additional character For example alpha or alphb 3 Choose OK Plate IDs or test definition names that match the search query appear in Selection Note If Matchcode finds no matches to the search query choose update list to display the entire list of test definitions again ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 40 8 5 ADAP Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module Editing Copying and Deleting Tests Tests stored in the database can be edited copied or deleted using the ADAP software Note Tests may edited copied and deleted only by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration 8 5 1 Editing Tests
8. 9 8 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELI 9 2 3 1 Viewing Additional Multitest Plate Layouts Multiple plates are designed for the Multitest assay when Combine is not selected test parameters are incompatible or there are more samples in the assay than can fit on one plate To view all plates in the Multitest assay Choose Next Plate to display the layout for the following plate OR Choose Previous Plate to view the layout for the preceding plate Note Choose OK to close Plate Layout and return to Multitest 9 2 3 2 Printing Multitest Layout Information Multitest plate layout information can be printed for record keeping purposes To print the Multitest layout 1 Choose Print Print appears Figure 9 5 A x Printer WWSAGISNRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 Options Fonts Arial x Size 10 S Co Figure 9 5 Print Multitest layout 2 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print the layout information The position and plate where each sample ID is located is printed Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file s
9. To perform measurements on cuvette samples and save the measurement results follow steps 2 8 in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 1 Overview 7 1 Viewing Quick Measurement Results After a Quick measurement is performed and saved the measurement results are displayed in a series of tabs in the ADAP software main window The tabs displayed vary depending on the type of measurement performed Note Refer to Chapter 6 Performing Quick Measurements for detailed information about performing Quick measurements The layout of information displayed in measurement results tabs varies depending on whether the Quick measurement was performed on microplate or cuvette samples Measurement results for microplate samples are displayed in rows and columns that correspond to the layout of wells on the plate refer to Section 7 1 1 Viewing Measurement Results for Microplate Samples Measurement results for cuvette samples are displayed in columns one cuvette measurement per column refer to Section 7 1 2 Viewing Measurement Results for Cuvette Samples All Quick measurement results are stored in the ADAP software database and may be Opened for viewing printing or exporting refer to Section 7 2 Viewing Saved Quick Measurement Results Viewed in the ADAP software main window refer to Section 7 3 Viewing Quick Measur
10. Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 9 Measurement results kinetic measurement raw data microplate Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 15 7 3 2 3 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Graphs Kinetic Graph displays graphs of the kinetic measurement results for all wells or cuvette samples The time or cycle number is plotted on the x axis Raw Data is plotted on the y axis The resulting graph shows how the measurement value varied over time To change the Kinetic Graph view e Use the scroll bars to view graphs for all wells or cuvette samples if necessary e Click on a well to view a detailed graph of the individual well or cuvette sample refer to Section 7 3 2 4 Viewing the Kinetic Graph for an Individual Well or Cuvette Sample To print Kinetic Graph Choose Print Graph to print the graphs for all wells or cuvette samples measured on a single page refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help saa aayu weer B Eisa ey PHT E L 1 zenytn 200 SNr 01020 7 Calculate OD min Status Raw Data Kinetic Graph Measurement time 00 04 06 Scale Y 4 000 Print Graph Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 10 Measurement results Kinetic Graph microplate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 16 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 2 4 Viewing the Kinetic Graph fo
11. 6 Choose Yes to delete the test definition OR Choose No to cancel the deletion and return to Selection ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 42 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitatior 10 6 Printing Test Definitions Test definitions may be printed out to provide a record of the test protocol Note Test definitions may be printed by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To print a test definition Quantitation Quantitation if nece ssary 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Elisa only tests defined in the ELISA module will be available to print 2 From the Setup menu choose Calculation OR i NEG appears Figure 10 25 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Assay Name m r Shaking l Yes Time 5 z Low Medium High Method Plates O Cuvette Plates Endpoint Kinetic J Background correction Spectrum Edit Define Layout Ambient 45 C Temperature Set Temperature Set Measurement Parameter Ma WLI Reference I Area Scan Wavelength aveleng I Linear Scan Choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module Test Definition Va
12. ADAP 20030819 8c UV Quantitation Protein 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help R B Quantitation fed E L 1 Zenth200 SNromozz Status Graphic Info Calculation F Curve Info U Quantitation Protein PlateID 20030819 8c Dil Factor Conversion Conversion Factor 1 Factor 2 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 24 Result List for the UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application Note Source for formulas used in calculations Warburg O Christian W 1941 Biochem Z 310 384 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 42 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 5 2 Viewing Curve Info For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application Curve Info displays detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data Optical density and percentage transmission values for samples at each wavelength measured are also displayed Figure 12 25 ADAP 20030819 5c Concentration and Purity 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help X Y cag al E R BS Quantitation eg Status Graphic Info Calculation Result List lt Previous Sample Next Sample gt Cuvette 1 PR1 MaxSlope Increment MaxSlope Decrement Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 25 Curve Info for the UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Index A ADAP software installing 1 3 launching 1 5 logging i
13. Delete Plate after Reading from List OK Cancel Figure 9 7 Plate selection 2 Select the desired plate to measure 3 Choose OK to begin the measurement of all tests on the specified plate Note To manage the sometimes large number of plates designed for Multitest assays select Delete Plate after Reading from List to delete the plate layout after the measurement has been performed OR Choose Cancel to return to the ADAP software main screen After the all tests are completed and evaluated the test results are displayed in the ADAP software main screen Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 10 1 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 1 Overview Note A valid license code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to access the functions covered in this chapter Refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software for information about license codes Tests are protocols for performing and evaluating measurements using the Zenyth 200 Tests offer more robust programming and evaluation options than Quick measurements and may be saved and modified Depending on the desired application test protocols are defined using either the Quantitation or ELISA module refer to Section 10 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters The Quantitation module provides options to e Define new tests refer to Section 10 2 Defining New Tests In the Quantitation Module
14. Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 v3 Endpoint O Cuvette eerti h z P pa Plates Plates Choose the sample format configure Background correction for microplate samples and access Define Layout Kinetic Spectrum Edit Define Layout Variable 7 V7 Temperature Do Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 V8 0 0 Figure 10 2 Quantitation Module Test Definition configuring sample format Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 7 To choose the sample format 1 Inthe General tab under Plates choose the desired sample format Cuvette or Plates 2 If Plates is the selected format choose Background correction if desired Note Background correction is available for endpoint kinetic and spectral scan spectrum measurements Note Background correction removes background noise from measurement values To remove background noise the plate is read twice during a test The first measurement is made with a buffer the second with the analyte of interest Two levels of background correction are available Low and High 3 If Background correction is chosen choose Low Note Select Low when background noise is relatively constant across the entire plate Low background correction averages the buffer measure ment values from all wells read and then subtracts the average v
15. 7 3 6 6 Copying the Contents of Graph The contents of Graph can be copied as a bitmap image that can be pasted into other software applications such as word processors To copy the contents of Graph to another software application 1 From the Edit menu choose Copy The contents of Graph are copied to the clipboard as a bitmap image 2 Open or switch to the application where the bitmap image will be pasted 3 Paste the bitmap image into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have CTRL V assigned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut 7 3 6 7 Printing the Contents of Graph Graph may be printed Printing may create either hard copies or files such as Acrobat PDF documents To print Graph 1 In the File menu choose Print Print appears Figure 7 27 A s Printer eroxRandD1 Ne02 Options Fonts Arial Size 10 Co Figure 7 32 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print Graph Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF
16. 8 In Measurement Mode select the type of Quick measurement to perform Endpoint Photometric performs a single wavelength or bichromatic endpoint measurement refer to Section 6 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Quick Measurement e Multiwavelength performs up to eight absorbance or transmission measurements at different user specified wavelengths refer to Section 6 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Quick Measurement e Kinetic Photometric performs a series of single wavelength or bichromatic measurements over a specified time interval for each sample refer to Section 6 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Quick Measurement e Scan Wavelength performs a spectral scan measurement at all wavelengths within a user specified bandwidth refer to Section 6 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Photometric Quick Measurement e Scan Area performs a series of absorbance or transmission measurements at a number of points across each well refer to Section 6 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Quick Measurement Note Scan Area Quick measurements are only available when reading microplates Scan Linear performs a series of transmission measurements along a linear axis that crosses the center of each well refer to Section 6 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Quick Measurement Note Scan Linear Quick measurements are only available when reading microplates 9 Configure the Qu
17. Note Deselecting All does not automatically deselect all previously selected wells they must be deselected manually in Set Sample OR Choose Set Sample to select which wells on the microplate are measured Set Sample appears Figure 6 4 Note Before selecting wells in Set Sample deselect All if it is currently selected Set Sample OK Edit Type of Selection Measurement Position sa Choosing Set actual column selects all wells in column 5 Wells selected by dragging mouse Figure 6 4 Set Sample 5 Click and drag over the wells to be measured 6 Select a command from the Edit menu or by right clicking on the selected wells e Set De select all wells Selects deselects all wells on the microplate Set De select actual row Selects deselects all wells in the same row as the initial well selected Figure 6 4 e Set De select actual column Selects deselects all wells in the same column as the initial well selected Figure 6 4 Set De select selected well Selects deselects wells selected by dragging ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual es Performing Quick Measurements 7 Choose OK to close Set Sample Note The Measurement Position layout defined in Set Sample is saved after a measurement is run If the next measurement requires a different layout reset it by selecting and deselecting All Then in Set Sample select the wells to measure in the new measurement
18. Note In Multitest assay measurement results sample IDs are displayed one test at a time The name of the displayed test appears in the title bar Choose previous Test or next Test to view sample IDs from other tests in the assay ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para 0 xj 5 Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help x saa asuu wee n g Eisa K PE T E L 1 fzenytn 200 S5Nro1020 7 Calculate lt previous Test next Test gt OD Mean Concentrat Plate Layout Cv Factor Graphic Info Calculation ResultList Status 1264 1274 1284 1294 1304 1314 1324 1334 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 13 Measurement results Sample ID Sample ID data may be e Manually entered in Sample ID refer to Section 11 3 1 1 Manually Entering Sample IDs Imported from text files refer to Section 11 3 1 2 Importing Sample IDs From Text Files e Viewed in detail on an individual well basis refer to Section 11 3 1 3 Viewing Printing and Copying Individual Sample ID Information e Printed out or copied to another application refer to Section 11 3 1 3 1 Printing Sample ID Information Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 17 11 3 1 1 Manually Entering Sample IDs Sample IDs may be entered one at a time for individual wells To manually enter sample IDs 1 Choose Sample ID 2 From the Options menu choose Edit Sample ID gt Ma
19. ccsssscescesseceeececeecececseccessceseeseesosseeeensceseees 11 8 Figure 11 6 Measurement results Plate Layout sina sectaneccmiceiseeseiinnneienn 11 9 Figure 11 7 Measurement results CV sccssccssssersecsssccsssssscteassonscsvenssensersseacsrscsnansonssecenes 11 10 Figure 11 8 Measurement results Factor 0 cccccccecessceseceeeceeseeceseceeeneeeesaeceseeeeeeenseeesaeees 11 11 Figure 11 9 Standard curve displayed in measurement results Graphic tab 6 11 12 Figure 11 10 Measurement results Info Calculation eeeeeseceeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaecnaeeneeees 11 13 Figure 11 11 Measurement results Result List ccccccecsecssecesecsecceesceceseceseeseeeeeasecsaeens 11 14 Figure 11 12 Multitest measurement results cccsccstsassetssincencevaseaacsanesenesscescecssdaseeasnsnceteaseceas 11 15 Figure 11 13 Measurement results Samp le ID js 5ciccisviscsessusssscsenteesasonceandievsantiateencetanncerse 11 16 Fig r 11 14 Edit Sati ple D orisirisii i oea Eea E aE AEEA aT aiis 11 17 Figure 11 15 Selection sample IDS scassssssassveiccaassscunsosssncnaanvasvsneshsacecaaviancnuanssedeavsaveciaaneanes 11 18 Figure 11 16 Sample ID information in Result List ssssssssesseesssesesessesessssersrssrsresessesese 11 19 Figure 11 17 Print Result List seccsucschacceassaqusecesaeaseareacescsrsdcanasssaieceaseategeeeancasaastecenerseseoseasts 11 20 Figure 11 18 Choosing Point 2 the most rece
20. pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 45 7 3 7 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Results Results for area scan Quick measurements are displayed in three tabs e Raw Data Scan Displays values from all measurement points across the well refer to Section 7 3 7 1 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Raw Data e Scan Displays graphs of the area scan transmission profiles for all wells measured refer to Section 7 3 7 2 Viewing Area Scan Transmission Profiles e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 46 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 7 1 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Raw Data For area scan measurements Raw Data displays results for measurement points one well at a time Figure 7 33 Results are displayed in a matrix that corresponds to the layout of the measurement points for each well Note Raw data values displayed are percentage transmission values not absorbency For example 0 000 refers to no transmission of light which in terms of OD is overflow 100 000 refers to 100 transmission which is 0 OD 10 000 equals 10 transmission which is 1 OD To view results from a different well
21. standard curves 11 12 quantitative transformation formula configuring 8 19 viewing results 11 7 Quick measurements area scan 6 19 6 21 10 24 10 26 configuring cuvettes 6 4 configuring microplates 6 3 endpoint photometric 6 9 10 14 linear scan 6 19 6 21 10 24 10 26 multiwavelength 6 11 overview 6 1 photometric 6 9 running cuvette samples 12 23 running on cuvette samples 6 24 running on microplate samples 6 22 selecting plate format 6 6 spectral scan 6 17 viewing results area scan 7 45 area scan raw data 7 46 area scan transmission profiles 7 47 endpoint photometric 7 8 kinetic graphs 7 12 7 15 kinetic photometric 7 12 kinetic raw data 7 14 linear scan 7 26 linear scan curve info 7 31 linear scan graphs 7 28 linear scan raw data 7 27 multiwavelength 7 17 multiwavelength curve info 7 21 multiwavelength graphs 7 19 multiwavelength raw data 7 18 optical density OD 7 8 sample status 7 11 spectral scan 7 22 spectral scan curve info 7 25 spectral scan graphs 7 23 transmission 7 10 well status 7 11 raw data printing 7 55 viewing area scan 7 46 kinetic 7 12 linear scan 7 27 reader adc diode values 4 3 check plate 4 3 functions 4 3 light source info 4 4 manually controlling eject plate 4 3 initialize 4 3 load plate 4 3 stop 4 3 plates viewing 3 3 sensor state 4 3 status 4 4 status report 4 4 temperature settings 3 4 viewing errors warnings 4 4 viewing information 4 4 copying to clipboard 4 5
22. ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 28 Performing Quick Measurements Cuvette Reading File Option Action Reading done Remove Cuvette Y Scale 4 000 Scale 300 0 700 0nm Time left Samples to read Samples read Graph Preview Graph Preview Displays a preview graph of measurement results for kinetic multiwavelength and spectral scan measurements Head Head Blert Figure 6 18 Cuvette Reading spectral scan results with Graph Preview Note Kinetic graphs are updated after removing the cuvette because the instrument makes a second bright measurement and recalculates the results Cuvette Reading File Option Action Reading done Remove Cuvette Time left Samples to read Samples read Actual Value Displays OD after an endpoint measurement Actual Value Read Blent STOP Measurement Figure 6 19 Cuvette Reading endpoint results with Actual Value Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 29 Note OD is displayed in Actual Value even if the Quick measurement is configured to measure transmission Actual Value is also displayed for kinetic endpoint measurements 6 If desired in Samples to read select another sample and repeat steps 3 5 to perform the Quick measurement again Note Up to 50 samples can be read in a single Quick measurement OR If desired in Samples read select a sample choose Reread and repeat steps
23. Choose Previous Well to view the measurement results from the preceding well OR Choose Next Well to display results from the following well To print Raw Data measurement results for all wells Choose Print Raw Data refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info a 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End wi lj x saa ssm wyga a Currently apee fena snn Ce displayed well Raw Data Scan Scan Status lt Previous Well Next Well gt Print Raw Data 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 79 850 82 700 80 490 83 450 77 330 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 80 970 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 81 320 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 82 700 82 300 83 450 80 970 81 320 77 330 81 320 80 490 75 990 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 33 Raw Data for an area scan measurement of Well Al Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 7 3 7 2 Viewing Area Scan Transmission Profiles For area scan measurements Scan displays three dimensional transmission profiles for all measured wells on the plate Figure 7 34 The values presented are a percentage of transmission Two yellow lines indicate 0 and 100 transmission Figure 7 35 Note Data presented in the profiles are percentage transmission values not absorbency For example 0 000 refers to no transmission of l
24. Figure 5 1 Instrument ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 4 Transferring Data Betwe en the Instrument and 3 2 Choose Down Upload Figure 5 2 i T File m Firmware Upload EEPROM Data Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Firmware Firmware EEPROM Data EEPROM Data Stand Alone Software Stand Alone Software m Test Plate Data Transfer Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Test Definition File Test Definition File Evaluated Plates File Evaluated Plates File Eval Plates Text File Eval Plates Text File Plate Definition Edit Plate Definition Plate Definition m Import Export Test Files Import to Database Export from Database Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Figure 5 2 Instrument Down Upload sferring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 5 3 In the Instrument gt PC column choose EEPROM Data Save As appears Figure 5 3 File name Zeryth20d ec e Save as type EEPROM File ee v Cancel Z My Network P Figure 5 3 Saving EEPROM Data 4 Browse to the directory where the uploaded EEPROM data file will be saved 5 In File name choose a name for the EEPROM data file 6 Choose Save to create the backup plate definition file Information appears displaying EEPROM data w Information File Figure 5 4 Information displaying uploaded EEPROM data 7 Close Informati
25. Figure 5 13 Down Upload Import Export Test Files Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH sterring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 15 5 4 1 Importing Test Definitions to the Test Database Test definition files that have been uploaded from the Zenyth 200st can be imported into the ADAP database Note Before the test definition can be imported to the database it must have already been uploaded to the computer from the Zenyth 200st refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows To import a test definition into the test database 1 In the ADAP software choose Instrument from the Setup menu Instrument appears Figure 5 1 2 Choose Down Upload Figure 5 13 3 In Import Export Test Definition choose Import to Database Open appears Figure 5 14 LM x Look in a Control Software x Es EJ My Network P Files of type Test Definition File dwr hi Cancel Figure 5 14 Opening a test definition to import into database File name w pea 4 Browse to and select the test definition to import to the test database 5 Choose Open The selected test definition file is imported to the ADAP software database 5 4 2 Exporting Test Definitions from the Test Database Test definition files stored in the ADAP software database can be exported to a test definition file that can be downloaded to the Zenyth 200st T
26. Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation M Blank Subtraction Plate Row Column Print Options F Table PX Matrix X Mean I Transformation I Concentration Transf Conc X Status X Standard curve F Standards PX Information X Validation X Cutoff Formula I Scan Kinetic Graph Raw Data Select all Evaluate Controls F Qualitative Quantitative x FE Qualitative 7 Quantitative ac F Qualitative C Quantitative T Qualitative PG aia Quantitative F Qualitative 7 Quantitative 2 81 x 18 x Figure 8 10 ELISA module test definition configuration Options tab ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 24 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 5 1 Configuring Replicate Mean Values Replicate Mean Values configures how mean values for replicates are calculated To select where replicate mean values are calculated Select the mean calculation method e Plate Applies the mean calculation to all replicates of a sample or standard across the plate regardless of well location e Row Applies the mean calculation to replicates of a sample or standard located within an individual row e Column Applies the mean calculation to replicates of a sample or standard located within an individual column none Turns the mean calculation off The first value of the replicate group is us
27. Test definition parameters may be edited by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To edit a test stored in the ADAP software database 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Quantitation only tests defined in the Quantitation module will be available to edit 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR Choose Create Edit Calculation The ELISA module test definition configuration appears Figure 8 17 b File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection 7 Validation Test Name Edit 7 Define Layout Shaking O Low Medium High M Yes Zenyth200 Data Transfer Mode Measurement Filter 7 Reference Filter Jc x nm c gt x nm Measurement Filter SNr 01001 E Plate ks Reference Filter Parameter V1 V5 V2 VB Lot Dependent Concentration O Yes V3 V7 V4 V8 es Oy Check Variables No No Figure 8 17 ELISA module test definition configuration Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Jefining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 41 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved test definitions Figure 8 18 update list Delete Matchc
28. for all wells or cuvette samples Figure 7 16 Note Print Graph prints spectral scan graphs for all measured wells and cuvette samples not the individual well or cuvette sample being viewed in detail refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode olx 5 Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lej x AFEFE FEER Eia REY PHT E E E fzenyin 200 5Nr 01020 2 Calculate Graphic Status Curve Info Measurement time 00 00 25 Scale Y 1 500 Print Graph 351 351 Wavelengths Position 1 1 Curve Displays the x and y axis values corresponding to the location of the cursor when positioned over graph y axis x axis OD value gt 77 77 gt 777 755 Wavelength Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 17 Spectral scan Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 25 7 3 4 3 Viewing Spectral Scan Curve Info Curve Info displays the OD and transmission values at all wavelengths measured across the selected spectrum for a single sample Figure 7 18 The ADAP Prisma software also displays more detailed information about the curve including values of peaks valleys and average slope To view Curve Info for a different well or cuvette sample Choose Previous Sample to view Curve Info for the previous sample OR Choose Next Sample to view Curve Info for the next sample To print
29. 341 00 71 01 Curve Value 0 779 Area under Curve 0 000 Actual Values Select Line curve to display f Choose an individual curve Displays the X and Y values at the cursor position Curve l 4 Value and Area under Curve Pf a De N peak or valley nearest to the erm cursor position is displayed in Actual Values as Curve Value Figure 7 24 Graph displaying an individual curve Note To view the X and Y values for a point on the curve position the cursor over the desired point Actual Values displays the X and Y values at that position Curve Value displays the OD or transmission value at the curve peak or valley nearest to the current cursor position Area under Curve displays the calculated value for the area under a curve refer to Section 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves To display all curves after viewing an individual curve From the Options menu choose Restore Graph 1 1 Graph displays all curves in the measurement results Note Draw Single Line remains enabled until it is toggled off by selecting it again When enabled each time a curve is chosen in Select Line Graph displays the chosen curve individually Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 35 7 3 6 2 Viewing the Properties of an Individual Curve Detailed information about curve properties including OD and transmission values curve peak and valley values and average slope may b
30. 7 32 7 3 6 1 Viewing Individual Curves nananana neunana 7 34 7 3 6 2 Viewing the Properties of an Individual Curve 7 35 7 3 6 3 Changing the Graph View by Zooming 7 38 7 3 6 4 Using Curve Fitting Methods to Smooth Curves 7 40 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves 7 43 7 3 6 6 Copying the Contents of Graph 0 7 44 7 3 6 7 Printing the Contents of Graph 0 7 44 7 3 7 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Results 0 00 7 45 7 3 7 1 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Raw Data 7 46 7 3 7 2 Viewing Area Scan Transmission Profiles 7 47 7 4 Printing Quick Measurement Results nanunua 00 cece cee eee ee 7 52 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results 0 000005 7 53 7 4 1 1 Viewing General Measurement Results Printouts 7 54 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info 0 0000 e eee 7 55 7 4 2 1 Printing Curve Info Data Tables 7 56 7 4 2 2 Viewing Kinetic Raw Data Printouts 7 57 7 4 2 3 Viewing Linear Scan Raw Data Printouts 7 57 74 2 4 Viewing Area Scan Raw Data Printouts 7 58 7 4 2 5 Viewing Curve Info Printouts 0 00 7 58 TAS Printing Graphs 244220 anni ancdanewa di Seed eradd dK eu lt d 7 59 7 4 3 1 Viewing Kinetic Graph Printouts 0 7 60 7 4 3 2 Viewing Linear Scan G
31. 8 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 17 12 2 7 Configuring a UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application The UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application calculates protein concentrations in nucleic acid backgrounds such as crude cell extracts The application performs measurements at 260 and 280 nm A background reading is made at 320 nm and is subtracted from both measurements Two conversion factors are required one for each measurement result and multiplied by the measurement results To configure the UV Quantitation Protein application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 1 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of Protein choose the or Protein to open the tree view UV Quantitation Protein appears under Protein 2 Choose UV Quantitation Protein Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 9 w Quantitation Module Test Definition loj x File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Sample
32. 8 2 3 1 Configuring Standards au nananana 8 15 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters 8 16 8 2 3 3 Configuring the Factor sc v6 lt taaecavedsseeavaes 8 18 8 2 3 4 Opening a Stored Standard Curve 8 18 8 2 3 5 Configuring a Transformation Formula 8 19 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations 0 2 0 0 e eee eee 8 20 8 2 4 1 Configuring Groups and Cutoff Formulas 8 21 8 2 4 2 Configuring the Factor 220cccn cae sce anead ies exes 8 21 8 2 4 3 Configuring a Transformation Formula 8 22 8 2 5 Configuring Test Options 0 0 0 cece eee eee 8 23 8 2 5 1 Configuring Replicate Mean Values 8 24 8 2 5 2 Configuring Print Options 0000 8 24 8 2 5 3 Configuring Blank Subtraction 0 5 8 24 8 2 5 4 Configuring Evaluate Controls 004 8 25 8 2 6 Configuring Kinetic Photometric Measurements 8 25 8 2 6 1 Configuring a Kinetic Measurement 8 26 8 2 6 2 Configuring Data Reduction Parameters 8 26 8 2 7 Configuring Scan Measurements 2 0 00 ee 8 28 8 2 7 1 Configuring a Normal Scan Measurement 8 29 8 2 7 2 Configuring an Area Scan Measurement 8 30 8 2 7 3 Configuring a Scan All Measurement 8 30 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas 8
33. DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application e DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point refer to Section 12 2 3 Configuring a DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application e DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point refer to Section 12 2 4 Configuring a DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application e DNA pure dsDNA Concentration refer to Section 12 2 5 Configuring a DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration Cuvette Application DNA pure ssDNA Concentration refer to Section 12 2 6 Configuring a DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration Cuvette Application e UV Quantitation Protein refer to Section 12 2 7 Configuring a UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application e RNA Oligo Concentration refer to Section 12 2 8 Configuring an RNA Oligo Concentration Cuvette Application e RNA pure RNA Concentration refer to Section 12 2 9 Configuring an RNA Pure RNA Concentration Cuvette Application Note To perform cuvette applications on a standalone Zenyth 200st using the ADAP software put the instrument in Remote Control mode Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information about Remote Control mode Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 5 12 2 1 Configuring a Cell Counting Cuvette Application The cell counting cuvette application is useful for monitoring the g
34. Figure 10 12 i Quantitation Module Test Definition xj File General Applications Assay Shaking Yes Name Time Gr 5 flinear_scan_1 Medium High Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Area Scan Endpoint O Cuvette Pevcin fi zl I Linear Scan Plates Kinetic 405 7 Background correction wt Spectrum Edit Define Layout Ambient 45 C Set Temperature fo Temperature Figure 10 12 Configuring a linear scan photometric test Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 10 11 ig and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 27 In Temperature enter an incubation temperature for the test if desired Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate during the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples Note If shaking is not desired go to step 9 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Medium or High In Set Measurement Parameter leave Wavelength set at the default 1 Note Changing the Wavelength configu
35. Note With cuvette samples the transformation formula is applied to all cuvettes measured in the test In Units enter the units of measure to be displayed in the test measurement results Note Units are used for documentation purposes only and do not impact the standard curve Units appears in Transform in the test measurement results window refer to Section 11 2 2 Viewing Transformation Formula Results Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH General Quantitative Qualitative C Plate none Replicate Mean Values Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 5 Configuring Test Options 8 23 Options is divided into four sections that configure replicates printing validating blanks and evaluating controls e Replicate Mean Values Configures how mean values for replicates are calculated refer to Section 8 2 5 1 Configuring Replicate Mean Values e Print Options Configures how test measurement results reports are formatted refer to Section 8 2 5 2 Configuring Print Options e Blank Validation Configures where the mean value of blanks is to be applied refer to Section 8 2 5 3 Configuring Blank Subtraction e Evaluate Controls Configures how standards and controls are evaluated refer to Section 8 2 5 4 Configuring Evaluate Controls To configure test options Select the Options tab Figure 8 10 Row Column ADAP nh File Layout
36. Only mi lat be shaken i Pee ey Meim e s a Quick measurement Figure 6 1 Quick Read configuration options for microplate samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 4 Performing Quick Measurements 6 1 2 Configuration Options for Cuvettes For Quick measurements performed on cuvette samples Quick Read provides options to configure Figure 6 2 e Measurement Mode Selects the type of Quick measurement performed and configures measurement options Note Linear and area scan measurements are not available for cuvette samples e Transmission Measures the percentage transmission instead of the optical density OD of cuvette samples Load Plate amp Eject Plate Both functions are available in case microplates need to be loaded or ejected from the instrument Sample Format Choose Cuvette No additional format parameters need to be configured Measurement Mode Choose the type of Quick measurement to perform and configure measurement specific options a Quick Reed Load Plate Eject Plate Format Measurement Mode Sc an Wavelength Measure Transmission Iv Start Wavelength End Wavelength Shaking Figure 6 2 Quick Read configuration options for cuvette samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 5 6 2 Configuring Photometric Quick Measurements Photometric Quick measurem
37. The Database menu contains options to e Open or delete saved measurement results refer to Section 11 7 1 Opening or Deleting Measurement Results Stored In the Database e Save plate data to the database refer to Section 11 7 2 Saving Measurement Results to the Database e Repair the database refer to Section 11 7 3 Repairing and Compressing the Database e Compress the database refer to Section 11 7 3 Repairing and Compressing the Database 11 7 1 Opening or Deleting Measurement Results Stored In the Database To open or delete measurement results from the database 1 From the Database menu select Open Saved Plate Selection appears and displays a list of all the stored plates and cuvettes Figure 11 23 6 items 20021 212 9 20021 212 8 from 127172002 to 17772003 il i Delete Matchcode OK Cancel Figure 11 23 Selection stored plates and cuvettes ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 32 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 2 Select the desired plate or cuvette to open or delete Note To narrow the list by date select dates in from and to and choose update list To search for a specific plate ID by characters in the Plate ID name choose Matchcode refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 3 Choose OK to open the measurement results for viewing OR Doub
38. To program replicate rejection or test validation formulas Select the Rejection Validation tab Figure 8 13 Bix 18 x General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Name Formula Min Repl E k gt jo fe jo Joo Replicate Rejection k jo oo iS jo Joo iS jo Joo Replicate Rejection 7 12 fe fr ke o oS ooo fr fo ke SSS Oooo o keo ooo Validation Formula 7 12 Validation Figure 8 13 ELISA module test definition configuration Rejection Validation tab ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 32 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 8 1 Programming Replicate Rejection Formulas Replicate rejection formulas eliminate individual replicates which do not fulfill conditions defined in the formula To program replicate rejection formulas 1 InName enter the type of well to be evaluated by the formula for example PC1 for wells designated as positive controls Note Well types entered in Name should match those configured in Define Layout refer to Section 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Formula enter the replicate rejection formula used to evaluate the replicates Note The original measurement value X must be used in the replicate rejection formula Note Refer to Section 8 2 8 1 1 Replicate Rejection Example
39. To select the tests to use 1 In Select Test select up to 12 previously defined tests Note All existing tests in the database are available for use in multitest assays 2 For each test select Combine to combine the tests onto one plate if desired In order for tests to be combined on a single plate the selected tests must have the following test definition parameters e Identical measurement and reference filters refer to Section 8 2 Defining New Tests In the ELISA Module e Identical plate type and filling direction refer to Section 8 2 2 Configuring General Options Individual strips must also fit in the same plate frame e Identical temperature settings refer to Section 3 2 3 Setting the Instrument Temperature Note From the File menu choose End or the End button to return to the ADAP software main screen Tests selected for the Multitest assay are automatically saved ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 9 4 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the EL 9 2 2 Assigning Sample IDs Sample IDs must be assigned to wells before a Multitest assay can be performed Sample IDs may be entered manually or imported from text files Note The ADAP software is capable of handling up to 32 000 sample IDs at a time 9 2 2 1 Entering Sample IDs Manually To enter sample IDs manually in a Multitest assay configuration 1 In Select Sample IDs click a SamplelD field and enter the sample
40. and modified Test definitions are created in both the ELISA and Quantitation modules Refer to Chapter 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module and Chapter 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module for more information about defining tests Configuration options in Quick Read change depending on which format is selected microplate or cuvette To learn about how configuration options vary between formats e Refer to Section 6 1 1 Configuration Options for Microplates for more information about configuring Quick measurements for microplate samples OR e Refer to Section 6 1 2 Configuration Options for Cuvettes for more information about configuring Quick measurements for cuvette samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 2 Performing Quick Measurements This chapter breaks down the process of configuring and performing Quick measurements into three tasks e Selecting the sample format microplate or cuvette and the type of Quick measurement to perform refer to Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode e Configuring the options for the chosen Quick measurement refer to Section 6 2 Configuring Photometric Quick Measurements e Running the Quick measurement on microplate samples and save the measurement results refer to Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples OR e Running the Quick measurement on cuvette s
41. but spaces fewer measurement points further apart increasing resolution adds measurement points to the same coverage area 8 2 7 3 Configuring a Scan All Measurement Scan All Measurement performs a linear scan of 27 measurement points across the center of each well measured on a 96 well plate To perform a Scan All Measurement Select Perform Scan All Measurement Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH efining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 31 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas Formulas programmed in Rejection Validation are used to reject replicates or invalidate tests that do not meet certain conditions After the first replicate elimination the mean value of the remaining replicates is recalculated and the condition re evaluated If necessary the elimination cycle is repeated If a minimum number of replicates is still available the test is considered valid If not the test is marked invalid on the printout Note Refer to Section 8 2 8 1 1 Replicate Rejection Examples and Section 8 2 8 2 1 Test Validation Examples for examples of rejection and validation formulas Rejection Validation is divided into two sections e Replicate Rejection Programs up to 12 replicate rejection formulas refer to Section 8 2 8 1 Programming Replicate Rejection Formulas e Validation Programs up to 12 validation formulas for tests refer to Section 8 2 8 2 Programming Test Validation Formulas
42. choose Plates and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Endpoint Options available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for endpoint scan measurements and the selected sample format 4 In Set Measurement Parameter choose Area Scan The applicable configuration options for an area scan measurement appear in Set Measurement Parameter Figure 10 11 ij Quantitation Module Test Definition a ioj xj File General Applications Assay m Shaking T Yes Name Time 5 Low Jarea_scan_1 Medium High Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter JV Area Scan Endpoint O Cuvette MTE fi zl J Linear Scan Plates Transmission E Kinetic 405 7 Background correction w Spectrum Points Height and Width Edit Define Layout fe i Resolution Ambient 45 C 1 a Set Temperature fo Temperature Figure 10 11 Configuring an area scan photometric test Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 5 10 11 12 13 ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 25 In Temperature enter an incubation temperature for the test if desired Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of
43. eee eee 3 4 3 3 Configuring System Settings n u u nunana nnana 3 5 4 Manually Controlling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 1 OVENI W aeea e AEE E E E E E a E ARE Rae 4 1 4 2 Using Functions l 4 s 20254 ead ct esev de dake he eeaeee erae 4 2 4 2 1 Performing Functions 4 624 00 420er8odeednieSodacdedioese dead 4 3 42 2 Viewing Information 2cdadnccicske anced ends d sab Sahes RROE RETR 4 4 4 2 2 1 Copying Instrument Information to the Clipboard 4 5 4 2 2 2 Saving Instrument Information ina Text File 4 5 4 2 2 3 Printing Instrument Information 4 6 AS Using PUNCIONS 2 4402456 ede ktea de Se hd OV EEA eee ood GES ay 4 7 4 3 1 Adjusting the Instrument 0 0 000 4 8 4 3 2 Manually Shaking Microplates 0 0 00 c cece eee 4 8 44 Quick Access to Frequently Performed Operations 00 4 9 4 4 1 Setting Instrument Temperature 0 0 0 0 0c eee 4 9 AAD Ejecting Plates 4 sod egies ee aoe eek Bae RE We eee eed eee ee 4 10 4 43 Loading Plates c4 gcc cage ni aalcc ann een bt ierk aR raada 4 10 444 Initializing the Instruments 40 0005445seeasiacdeeereuaedes 4 10 5 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 1 OG prea here ata wags we a eee ee en eee ena eee 5 1 5 2 Updating Firmware EEPROM Data and Standalone Software 5 2 5 2 1 Uploading EEPROM Data from the Zenyth 200 to the Computer 5 3 5 3 Editi
44. headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 8 Choose OK print the data Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory where the application database and support files are stored Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 11 1 Viewing Test and Multitest Assay Measurement Results 11 1 Overview Note A valid license code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to access the functions covered in this chapter Refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software for information about license codes After performing a test configured in the ELISA or Quantitation module or a series of tests in a Multitest assay the measurement results are displayed in a series of tabs in the ADAP software main window The tabs displayed vary depending on the module used to configure the test definition the type of measurement performed and the options selected in the test definition refer to Chapter 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module and Chapter 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module Test measurement results are stored in the ADAP software database and may be exported to another application or printed Measurement results can be e Viewed in the ADAP software refer to Section 11 2 Viewing Test Measurement Res
45. refer to Section 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test e Perform preconfigured assays on cuvette samples refer to Chapter 12 Running Cuvette Applications Choose the ELISA module to define tests that e Perform qualitative evaluations using cutoff formulas refer to Chapter 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations e Use replicate rejection and or validation formulas to determine the final measurement value refer to Section 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas e Can be run in multitest assays refer to Chapter 9 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module Note This chapter covers defining test protocols in the Quantitation module Refer to Chapter 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module for information about using the ELISA module to configure test definition parameters Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 1d Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 3 10 2 Defining New Tests In the Quantitation Module Test definitions configured in the Quantitation module dictate how the Zenyth 200 performs measurements and interprets the resulting data Test type and parameters are defined using two tabs e General Sets test name and defines sample format test type and applicable measurement parameters The parameters available change dynamically based on which sample format and test type are selected e Quantitation Configures standard
46. use the Quantitation tab to configure standards and standard curve fitting refer to Section 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 18 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitatior 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test A kinetic photometric test performs a user specified series of absorbance or transmission measurements on each sample at user specified intervals Single or bichromatic measurements may be performed at user specified wavelengths between 190 and 1000 nm Bichromatic measurements perform a second measurement in each cycle using a reference filter This measurement is subtracted from the first then final measurement results are calculated using a data reduction method Note Kinetic photometric transmission measurements may only be performed on cuvette samples To perform a kinetic photometric test measurement 1 Choose the sample format and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Kinetic Options available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for kinetic measurements and the selected sample format Figure 10 9 Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applica
47. which feature advanced programming and evaluation capabilities Note An instrument dependent license code is required to access the ADAP Prisma functionality The code is provided when purchasing an ADAP Prisma software license Refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software for more information about licence codes ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 1 2 Installing and Launching the ADAP Software The ELISA module features the ability to Note Define and perform quantitative evaluations including curve fitting and standard curves Define and perform qualitative evaluations including cutoff formulas and groups Define plate layouts including programming of blanks standards and controls Eliminate replicates and program test validation formulas Recalculate reduced data from kinetic assays Assign sample IDs Configure multitest assays Refer to Chapter 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module and Chapter 9 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module for more information about the features available in the ELISA module The Quantitation module features the ability to Quickly and easily define and perform quantitative assays including quantitation of samples with unknown concentrations Define and perform spectral scan and multiwavelength assays Perform the most common cuvette applications including measuring nucleic acid concentration measuring o
48. 0 146 0 146 0 935 0 363 0 146 0 789 0 493 0 844 0 146 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 3 Measurement results Concentrat Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 7 11 2 4 Viewing Concentration Transformation Results Index Conc displays the calculated concentration values for each well as a result of the transformation formula entered in the Quantitative parameters of a test definition configured in the ELISA module refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Note Index Conc is the default label for this tab If Units for the transformation formula is defined that name appears instead refer to Section 8 2 3 5 Configuring a Transformation Formula ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para Gl xf 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x sae E R eS NEG lt 4 T E L Zenytn 200 5Nr 01020 Calculate Mean Transtorm Concentrat Plate Layout Sample Cy Factor Graphic Info Calculation ResultList Status Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 4 Measurement results Index Conc ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 8 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 5 Viewing Qualitative Results Results displays cutoff group names for each well Figure 11 5 Cutoff groups are created by configuring cutoff formulas in Qualitative refer to Section 8 2 4
49. 1 Replicate Rejection Examples Table 8 3 illustrates several practical applications where replicate rejection formulas are used All examples use the measurement data as the Base for the evaluation of formulas The Replicate Rejection formula is applied to all wells of the type specified in Name when evaluating replicates Note In replicate rejection formulas the variable X can be used to refer to the individual replicates of the control specified by Name The name itself refers to the mean value of currently valid replicates Both may be used in the same formula Table 8 3 Example replicate rejection formulas Application Name Replicate Rejection Formula The absorption of a blank well may not exceed 0 020 OD BL X lt 0 02 The absorption of each negative control well NC1 must be NC1 X lt 0 15 less than or equal to 0 150 OD Each standard well S1 must not deviate from the mean _ a value of all standard wells S1 by more than 20 Site skpie le The absorption of each negative control well NC1 must be less than 0 200 OD Additionally they must not deviate NC1 from the mean value of all negative control wells NC1 by more than 30 X lt 0 2 AND 0 7 NC1 lt X lt 1 3 NC1 The absorption of each positive control well PC1 must be greater than the mean value of the first two standard wells a Ps S1 and S2 and less than the mean value of the last two Pe SES Sess standard wells S3 and S4 This formula uses the logical operat
50. 12 4 3 1 Viewing the Result List For DNA and RNA Oligo Cuvette Applications e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 37 12 4 3 1 Viewing the Result List For DNA and RNA Oligo Cuvette Applications Result List displays a summary of data evaluated by the DNA and RNA oligo cuvette applications including parameters and measurement results Figure 12 22 ADAP 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help cag al E R Ba Quantitation za s4 T E L l Zenytn 200 SNr 01020 x Calculate Melting Point Appears only in DNA _ oligo results Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Plate ID 20030423 7c Base Sequence CTAGCTGTAGTCGATCGATTAGATGCGCA Sample Dil Factor Absorbance Ext Coefficient Concentration 260nm L uMol cm pMol ul 3 A7E 05 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 22 Result List for DNA and RNA oligo cuvette applications Note Formulas used in calculations Molecular Weight DNA MW A 312 2 C 288 2 G 328 2 T 303 2 61 RNA MW A 312 2 C 288 2 G 328 2 HU 289 2 61 Molar Extinction Coefficient liter mole cem DNA A 15480 C 7340 G 11760 T 8850 liter mole cm RNA 4A 15480 C 7340 G 11760 U 9000 liter mole em C
51. 29 Save in a Ongoing Analysis img EER 20030807123001 TxT 2 20030808103436 TXT 20030807082800 TXT 20030807123244 TXT 20030808103651 TXT 20030807111500 TXT 20030807124451 TXT 2 20030818095952 TXT 20030807121332 TXT 20030807124923 TXT B 20030818102508 TXT 20030807121431 TXT 20030807143501 TXT 20030807121721 TXT 20030807145127 TXT 20030807121852 TXT 20030807145220 TXT 20030807122037 TXT S 20030808090005 TxT 20030807122441 TxT 20030808101711 TXT File name Curve_Info_04 te Ke Save as type Text txt hd Cancel My Network P Z Figure 7 29 Save As Calc Container 2 Browse to the desired location to save the text file 3 Enter a File name for the file 4 In Save as type select the type of file to save e TXT Saves the smoothed curve data in a text file that can be opened by many word processing spreadsheet and database applications XML Saves the smoothed curve data in an XML file XML is a format designed for sharing information over the Web Note The DWR file type is also available DWR Calc Containers are designed to save test definition data and should not be used to save smoothed curves 5 Choose Save to save the file OR Choose Cancel to return to the ADAP software without saving the Calc Container ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 42 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 4 3 Opening Saved
52. 3 Launching the ADAP Software for information about license codes Tests created in the ELISA module may be combined in Multitest assays A Multitest assay may combine up to twelve user selected tests with as many as six tests combined on one plate To define a Multitest assay test definitions are selected sample IDs are assigned and single or multiple tests are selected to be performed on each sample ID Based on the parameters of the tests selected the ADAP software automatically creates plate layouts for the assay combining tests on plates if possible Note Multitest assays are ideal for use with commercial ELISA kits that use removable well strips Defining and running Multitest assays includes e Selecting tests to be performed refer to Section 9 2 Defining a Multitest Assay e Assigning sample IDs and tests to specific samples refer to Section 9 2 2 Assigning Sample IDs e Creating and viewing plate layouts refer to Section 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout e Deleting Multitest configurations refer to Section 9 3 Deleting Multitest Configurations e Performing the Multitest assay refer to Section 9 4 Running a Multitest Assay Measurement ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 9 2 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the El 9 2 Defining a Multitest Assay Defining a Multitest assay is a four step process e Select up to twelve previously
53. 31 8 2 8 1 Programming Replicate Rejection Formulas 8 32 8 2 8 2 Programming Test Validation Formulas 8 34 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators 8 35 8 3 Saving Test Definitions ang sae ey wad nee HR EROS RO PRS ME KERR EO 8 36 8 4 Running Existing Tests o334 daaeeeda hia eteawdn has cheke bene es Kees 8 37 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 0 0 eee cece eee eee 8 38 8 5 Editing Copying and Deleting Tests 0000 c cee eee 8 40 8 5 1 Editing TESIS 1 5 on ere a naua aaa eal OEE E EA a 8 40 5 52 Copying Vesey 154 624 4accnd iriri t Cae eee es meee eae 8 42 8 5 3 Deleting TEStS vaciv a0ea tuoi teketea akade ye band ONG 8 44 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual x Wl o T E 8 6 Printing Test Definitions 00 cee 8 46 9 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 1 OVETVIEW ee teert un RAA E E RAE E GN 9 1 9 2 Defining a Multitest Assay xc xs ws xs eek shana ens hax bee R ESA ORS SS 9 2 9 2 1 Selecting Tests to Use in a Multitest Assay 000 9 3 9 2 2 Assigning Sample IDs 40 5 144 444ss8orers oreo dtabawseo te beeing 9 4 9 2 2 1 Entering Sample IDs Manually 9 4 9 2 2 2 Importing Sample IDs From Text Files 9 5 9 2 2 3 Selecting Tests to Perform on Sample IDs 9 5 9 2 2 4 Sorting Sa
54. 4 and 5 to perform the Quick measurement on that sample again OR From the File menu choose End to close Cuvette Reading and save the measurement results Plate ID appears Figure 6 20 Input Plate ID Figure 6 20 Plate ID for a cuvette measurement 7 In Input Plate ID rename the measurement results if desired 8 Choose OK to save the measurement results to the database Note The default name format for saved cuvette measurements is YYYYMMDD Nc where YYYY is the year MM the month DD the day N the number of the measurement made that day and c denotes cuvette ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 30 Performing Quick Measurements 6 4 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples A blank sample may be run before performing Quick measurements on cuvette samples The blank value is subtracted from the measurement results for subsequent samples read in the Quick measurement Note If desired a new blank sample can be read at any point during a Quick measurement The new blank value is then subtracted from subsequent measurements To read a blank sample 1 Choose Read Blank Before inserting the blank sample into the cuvette holder allow the instrument to initialize and stabilize the light output of the lamp Place Cuvette appears in Action when the cuvette may be loaded Note Time left displays the time remaining until lamp stabilization is complete Depending on the type of Quick measurement being pe
55. 5 Login system administrator login 3 Choose Change Password Login expands to display detailed user information Figure 2 6 El ie lx User sadmin xK Cancel Password User MOF v ___ AddUser Password e Delete User Full Name Mitchell Q Foozle Level h x Date 1 9 2003 Figure 2 6 Login selecting a User to delete 4 In User select the user to be deleted ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 2 8 User Login and System Administration 5 Choose Delete User The user is removed from the user list 6 Choose OK to delete the selected user from the software and exit Login OR Choose Cancel to prevent deleting the selected user from the software and exit Login Note Only one user may be deleted each time Login is open To delete additional users exit Login then reopen it to delete the next user 2 5 3 Editing Existing User Information A system administrator Level 3 can edit existing user information including user name password full name and user level for Level 1 and Level 2 users Note Only system administrators Level 3 can edit existing user information However they are not permitted to edit user information for other system administrators To edit user information 1 Start the ADAP software OR From the Setup menu choose Change User OR From the toolbar choose User Login appears Figure 2 7 2 Enter a system administration Level
56. ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print the information Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 4 7 oiling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 3 Using Functions 2 Functions 2 is divided into two sections Adjustments and Functions Figure 4 3 Adjustments calibrate the lamps and plate and optics transports refer to Section 4 3 1 Adjusting the Instrument Functions provides manual control over shaking microplates refer to Section 4 3 2 Manually Shaking Microplates Note The Set Valve Dispense and Set Pump Voltage functions are not available for the Zenyth 200 ia File Down U pload m Adjustments Adjust Lamp Auto Calibration m Functions Dispense Dispenser 1 K Volume Shaking Mode Low Time Set Pump voltage Mode Aspirate Voltage Figure 4 3 Instrument Functions 2 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Manually Controlling the Instrument With the AL 4 3 1 Adjusting the Instrument When the ADAP software controls the instrument two adjustment options Adjust Lamp and Auto Calibration are available to users with Level 3 system administrator access Select the desired operation to perform the action described in Table 4 3 T
57. Assay Shaking Yes ee Time 5 z Low Spectrum_01 Medium High Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter O Cuvett O Endpoint Te Stat Wavelength 310 Plates End Wavelength Kinetic 2 700 Background correction at E z Transmission Iv Spectrum Data Reduction Maximum Peak bd Edit Define L t irali Smoothing Points E Ambient 45 C Set Temperature fo Temperature Figure 10 10 Configuring a spectral scan photometric test microplate 4 In Temperature enter an incubation temperature for the test if desired Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 10 11 12 13 ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 23 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate during the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Medium or High Under Set Measurement Parameter in Start Wavelength enter the shortest wavelength to be measured in the spect
58. CV CV value of replicates V Variable 1 to variable 6 F Rejection formulas only Well factor dilution X Rejection formulas only Actual well value of base OD Transformation or Concentration during calculation ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 36 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 3 Saving Test Definitions When the plate layout and all required parameters for a test definition have been properly configured the test definition may be saved Test definitions must be saved before measurements can be performed To save a test definition and return to the main ADAP screen 1 From the File menu choose Save The test definition is saved in the database and may be used to run a test 2 From the File menu choose End to return to the main ADAP screen Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH efining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 37 8 4 Running Existing Tests Tests may be run as soon as they are defined and saved All test definitions are stored in the ADAP software database To run a test 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Quantitation only tests defined in the Quantitation module will be available to run 2 From the Reading menu choose Single Test OR E Choose Measure single test Selection appears Figure 8 14 4 items update lis
59. Choose No to cancel the recalculation Note A message may appear stating that the plate data exists Figure 11 1 Choose Yes to overwrite the existing plate data with the recalculated plate data No to enter a new plate ID and save the recalculated plate data as a separate plate or Cancel to cancel any changes and return to the measurement results of the test Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 27 11 5 Printing Measurement Results 1 A summary of the measurement results can be printed to any connected printer or to a file for example a PostScript or Acrobat PDF file The summary printout includes information about who performed the measurement when it was performed and when the results were printed Figure 11 21 shows how the actual measurement results are laid out on the page Results for each well are laid out according to the Legend Note The measurement results that are included in the printout are selected in Options when configuring the test definition refer to Section 8 2 5 Configuring Test Options nformation Plate Layout Sample ID oD Filter 450 nm Mean Instrument AD 340 SNr 01000 Database Status Curve 4 Paramter Fit lin log 1 1 1 L 6 31 15 85 39 81 2 10 11 NC1 2 466 2 466 OK S1 2 230 2 230 S2 0 521 0 521 OK OK OK OK OK PR3 PR67 PR75 3 267 2 106 1 985 3 267 2 106 1 985 OK OK OK PR4 PR
60. Curve Info measurement results for all samples Choose Print To print Curve Info tables for the displayed sample Right click in a Curve Info table and choose the desired printing option refer to Section 7 4 2 1 Printing Curve Info Data Tables ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode olx amp Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lej xj Curve Info This data appears only in the Graphic Status lt Previous Sample ee ee ee ee ee ee BOI DORA ITIOONW SB HA TIOWOOrN Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 18 Measurement results spectral scan Curve Info cuvette ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 26 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 5 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Results Results for linear scan Quick measurements are displayed in four tabs e Raw Data Scan Displays values from the 25 measurement points across center of each well refer to Section 7 3 5 1 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Raw Data e Scan Displays graphs of the linear transmission profiles for all wells measured refer to Section 7 3 5 2 Viewing Linear Scan Graphs e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Curve Info Displays the transmission values for a single sample at all 25 measurement points In the ADAP Prisma software more detaile
61. ID Figure 9 2 Note Sample IDs may not include spaces or exceed 20 characters in length ox po File Windows l18 x r Select Test Combine P ves Linear Iv YES Point x Iv YES Spline x Jv YES 5 lt gt x T RES 3 gt 7 YES XXX HM MC HMC WC HC HK OC MK HK MK HK HK KM HK HM HK HK DC HC HC HC BC DC DC DC DC X X DK X Xx X X X HC 2K DC XC HC OC View Make Plate Layout Open Sample ID File Delete Parameters End PC X X X X X PC gt X lt X X X X X X X X PX dp dp dp dp db dp dbs Figure 9 2 Multitest assay with tests selected and sample IDs assigned 2 Repeat step 1 for as many sample IDs as desired Note Up to 32 000 sample IDs may be assigned to wells Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 5 9 2 2 2 Importing Sample IDs From Text Files Sample IDs can be imported from text txt files To import correctly each sample ID must be listed on a separate line in the text file Note The ADAP software is capable of handling up to 32 000 sample IDs at a time To import a text file 1 From the File menu choose Open OR Choose Open Sample ID File Open appears Figure 9 3 open BLS Look in ja Analysis Software gt i img EJ 2 2
62. ID chosen for the cuvette sample when the Quick measurement was run for example column 4 displays the result for cuvette PR4 refer to Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Note Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the tab to access measurement results for samples not visible onscreen ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode z iol x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lj xj samassa a m EA E eena co 0 152 0 099 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 2 Measurement results for cuvette samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 4 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 2 Viewing Saved Quick Measurement Results All Quick measurement results are saved in the ADAP software database and may be opened for viewing printing and exporting refer to Section 7 2 1 Opening Saved Quick Measurement Results Searching for saved measurement results by name is possible with Matchcode the search feature built into the ADAP software refer to Section 7 2 1 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Saved Measurement Results 7 2 1 Opening Saved Quick Measurement Results All Quick measurement results are saved in the ADAP software database and may be opened at any time To view saved measurement results 1 From the Database menu select Open Saved Plate Selection appears Figure 7 3 Note Open Saved Plate also accesses cuvette measurement results Cuvette meas
63. Melting Point Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Base Sequence ctagctatagtcgatcgattagatgcgca pure dsDNA Concentration pure ssDNA Concentration Salt factor fi 0 UV Quantitation Protein Background correction E Protein RNA Based on the calculation of the extinction coefficient ADAP Oligo Concentration Prisma can calculate the concentration of an user defined oligo pure RNA Concentration For Oligos longer than 25 basepairs a formula is used to calculate the melting point Concentrations are displayed in mg ml and pmol l Run Application Figure 12 5 DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 10 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter the Base Sequence of the oligo for example ctagctgtagtcgatcgattagatgcgca The base sequence must contain a minimum of 25 base pairs Note Use the DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application to calculate concentration and melting points on o
64. Options menu choose Clear Graph Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 33 Graph provides the ability to View individual curves refer to Section 7 3 6 1 Viewing Individual Curves View the properties of individual curves in text form refer to Section 7 3 6 2 Viewing the Properties of an Individual Curve Change the graph view by zooming in on specific areas of Graph refer to Section 7 3 6 3 Changing the Graph View by Zooming Smooth curves using curve fitting methods refer to Section 7 3 6 4 Using Curve Fitting Methods to Smooth Curves Calculate the area under curves refer to Section 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves Copy Graph as a bitmap image that can be pasted into other software applications refer to Section 7 3 6 6 Copying the Contents of Graph Print the contents of Graph refer to Section 7 3 6 7 Printing the Contents of Graph ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 34 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 1 Viewing Individual Curves When Graph is opened curves for all samples measured are displayed Individual curves can be selected and viewed To view an individual curve 1 From the Options menu select Draw Single Line 2 In Select Line choose the individual curve to view Graph displays only the chosen curve Figure 7 24 ia Graph File Edit Options Select Line a Well 1 1 Actual Values
65. Performing Functions The options in Functions control basic instrument operations as described in Table 4 1 Functions that report the status of instrument components display results in Information Figure 4 2 Table 4 1 Functions 1 Functions Functions Operation M the plate transport inside the instrument Load Plate oves the plate transport inside the instrume M the plate t rt outside the inst t Find Plas oves the plate transport outside the instrument Moves all mechanical components of the instrument to home positions STOP Stops all operations in progress Barcode Note This function is not available Continuously updates and displays in Information the ADC value of the instrument until Information is closed ADC Diode Yalues Continuously updates and displays in Information the current state of all instrument sensors until Information is closed Sensor State Checks that a microplate is inserted in the instrument Check Plate Resets the air cycle count after replacing the air Reset Air Fiter filter on the instrument ALAIN ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 4 4 Manually Controlling the Instrument With ti 4 2 2 Viewing Information The options in Information display instrument setting information as described in Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Functions 1 Information Options Information Operation Displays in Information the current sta
66. Protein UV Quantitation Protein RNA Oligo Concentration pure RNA Concentration Run Application Application Parameters Sample Count Dilution Factor Conversion factor Background correction B Nucleic acid concentrations of dsDNA are determined by multiplying the 4260 absorbance reading by a conversion factor and by a dilution factor ADAP Prisma is programmed with a default conversion factor which can be modified at any time Background correction at 4320 can be chosen as option Figure 12 7 DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 14 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter a new Conversion Factor if desired Note The default conversion factor is 50 7 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results 8 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running
67. Protein cuvette application are displayed in five tabs e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Graphic Displays graphs of measurement results for each sample measured refer to Section 7 3 3 2 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Graphs e Info Calc Displays a summary of each step performed in the cuvette application and indicates the success or failure of each step refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Result List Displays a summary of the data evaluated by the application including parameters and measurement results refer to Section 12 4 5 1 Viewing the Result List For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application e Curve Info Displays detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data Optical density and percentage transmission values for samples at each wavelength measured are also displayed refer to Section 12 4 5 2 Viewing Curve Info For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 41 12 4 5 1 Viewing the Result List For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application Result List displays a summary of data evaluated by the UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application including parameters and measurement results Figure 12 24
68. Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Assay gt Shaking Variable ia Yes Variable 1 v1 Time 5 z Low joo Medium O High Variable 2 v2 pom Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 v3 I Area Scan joo Endpoint Cuvette Wavelength fi gt at ete l Plates Variable 4 v4 O Kinetic WLI oo J Background correction Reference Variable 5 v5 0 0 A z Variable 6 v6 Edit Define Layout po Variable 7 V7 0 0 Spectrum Temperature Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 v8 0 0 Figure 10 22 Quantitation Module Test Definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 41 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved tests Figure 10 23 update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 10 23 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test definition s to delete Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Note To select multiple test definitions hold Ctrl while selecting each test definition name 5 Choose Delete Message appears Figure 10 24 a Delete selected Tests Figure 10 24 Message Delete selected Tests
69. Quantitative Evaluations 0 000 10 28 10 2 8 1 Configuring Standards 00000005 10 29 10 2 8 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters 10 30 10 3 Saving New Tests seircisessrrierveerr isatt i Eu so eve deena ees 10 32 10 4 Running Existing Tests 24644 06 ananunua aaae 10 33 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database o42 4664 d40saee ios waaeee sean ans 10 34 10 5 Editing Copying and Deleting Test Definitions 10 36 1031 Editing Nestei 225225cncnkeesbns trir r EEN EEKEREN EErEE 10 36 10 5 2 Copying Tests resrresrr wee ee SAO RRR GAN MGR ee eee a 10 38 10 5 3 Deleting Tests acdesceesus na tana wees ees Eeen EE EESE 10 40 10 6 Printing Test Definitions 4244444 diadh ese oaks daboaspiedateaaee todos 10 42 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Table of Contents xi 11 Viewing Test and Multitest Assay Measurement Results UD OVE EW uatvan di eentenari een adinen e aee needa eka a e 11 1 11 2 Viewing Test Measurement Results nunn unnan naana 11 2 11 2 1 Viewing Mean Results Data cn s sceiadntaeucn dees een RES 11 4 11 2 2 Viewing Transformation Formula Results 0 5 11 5 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results 0 0 00 11 6 11 2 4 Viewing Concentration Transformation Results 11 7 11 2 5 Viewing Qualitative Results 00 0 eee eee eee eee 11 8 11 2 6
70. Results Cuvette application measurement results are stored in the ADAP software database and may be e Printed to view and store a hard copy refer to Section 11 5 Printing Measurement Results e Exported to view in another application refer to Section 11 6 Exporting Measurement Results to Other Applications e Opened for viewing at any time refer to Section 11 7 Working with Measurement Results Stored in the ADAP Database ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 32 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 1 Viewing Cell Counting Measurement Results Measurement results for the cell counting cuvette application are displayed in four tabs e OD Displays the optical density for each sample measured refer to Section 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results e Info Calc Displays a summary of each step performed in the cuvette application and indicates the success or failure of each step refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Result List Displays a summary of the data evaluated by the application including parameters and measurement results refer to Section 12 4 1 1 Viewing the Result List For the Cell Counting Cuvette Application e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status 12 4 1 1 Viewing the Result L
71. Scan Rejection Validation Concentration Standards Curve Response Formula Point to Point Axis X Y finn Extrapolation fp Units oncentrat Validate Curve No Min Correlation po Factor Concentration fi Use stored Standard Curve No 7 Transformation No O Yes Plate O Row x Jes Column Units Jc gt Figure 8 7 ELISA module test definition configuration Quantitative tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ning and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 15 8 2 3 1 Configuring Standards Standards configures up to 10 concentration values and response formulas Note To use parameters from a saved test definition refer to Section 8 2 3 4 Opening a Stored Standard Curve To configure concentration values and response formulas 1 Under Concentration enter the concentration value to be plotted on the X axis Note For Concentration values less than 1 enter a leading O before the decimal for example 0 51 Values entered without the leading 0 produce an error when the measurement is performed 2 Under Response Formula enter the response formula to plot the corresponding concentration on the y axis Note Response formulas may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test as well as any numerical constants and mathematical operators Usually the response formula is just the value of a measur
72. Shaking a Figure 6 5 Quick Read Endpoint Photometric measurement 4 To perform a bichromatic endpoint measurement in Reference Filter enter the desired wavelength Note When a Reference filter is selected the final measurement result is calculated by subtracting the Reference Filter measurement from that of the Measurement filter ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 10 Performing Quick Measurements 5 If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to the measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Figure 6 6 Note Shaking may only be performed with microplates Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 LI x Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate Plate Type STANDARD v Measurement Position i v Set Sample Measurement Mode Endpoint Photometric v Wavelength 405 Reference Wavelength Shaking v Shake now Intensity Medium x Time 5 Figure 6 6 Quick Read Shaking 6 In Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High 7 In Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified 8 To perform the Quick measurement on microplate samples follow the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples OR To perform the Quick measurement on cuvette samples follow the steps
73. This procedure can be used only to characterize sigmoid curves The curve is calculated according to the formula a d x b i a zero dose response upper asymptote d infinite dose response lower asymptote c dose level which results in a response midway between a and d b slope factor d Requires a minimum of 4 standard points 4 Parameter Fit A ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 18 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 3 3 Configuring the Factor In Factor Figure 8 7 if desired enter a multiplication factor to enable the concentration value to be scaled to the desired unit 8 2 3 4 Opening a Stored Standard Curve Use stored Standard Curve permits standard curve parameters from saved test definitions to be loaded into the current test definition To open standard curve parameters from an existing test definition 1 In Use stored Standard Curve choose Yes Selection appears Figure 8 8 4 items update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 8 8 Selection test definitions 2 Select the desired test and choose OK Fields in Standards and Curve are automatically populated with the standard curve parameters from the selected test The name of the selected test appears in Use stored Standard Curve Note Selecting No after a stored standard curve has been loaded removes the test name from Use stored Standard Curve bu
74. Up Plate Formats Stored in the Zenyth 200 2 In Test Plate Data Transfer choose Edit Plate Definition Open appears Figure 5 9 Ce Look in i contrat Software e aea k T 2 Q k a T a Ss D Documents a lt D 3h 3 i a File name E ME A E Files of type Plate Definition File plt Cancel A Figure 5 9 Opening a plate definition file 3 Browse to and select the plate definition plt file to edit ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 12 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and C 4 Choose Open Plate Definition appears Figure 5 10 Plate Definition x File Edit ADY Delta Y Well Diameter OOOO OOQO00000C OOO00000C a STANDARD AUK ACY Delta x Delta Y Diameter Figure 5 10 Plate Definition 5 In Name select the desired plate format to delete from the list 6 From the Edit menu choose Delete A confirmation appears Figure 5 11 lt n 2 A Delete selected Plates De e Figure 5 11 Confirmation to delete plate definition 7 Select Yes to delete the plate format from the plate definition file Note To transfer plate formats from the computer to the instrument refer to Section 5 3 4 Downloading Plate Formats to the Zenyth 200 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH sferring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 13 5 3 4 Downloading Plate Formats to the Zenyth 20
75. Zenyth 200 Note Refer to the graphic in Plate Definition Figure 5 8 showing the dimensions when configuring steps 8 12 All measurements are in millimeters mm Plate dimensions should be measured or taken from the specifications provided by the plate manufacturer 7 In AOX enter the distance from the edge of the X axis of the microplate to the center of the first well in the X axis 8 In AOY enter the distance from the edge of the Y axis of the microplate to the center of the first well in the Y axis 9 In Delta X enter the distance between well centers in the X axis 10 In Delta Y enter the distance between well centers in the Y axis 11 In Diameter enter the diameter of each well Note The Diameter must be smaller than the values for Delta X and Delta Y Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH sfe ing Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 11 12 From the File menu choose Save to save the new or edited plate format to the plate definition file 13 From the File menu choose End to close Plate Definition Note To transfer the plate formats from the computer to the instrument refer to Section 5 3 4 Downloading Plate Formats to the Zenyth 200 5 3 3 Deleting Plate Formats Plate formats uploaded to the instrument and stored in a plate definition plt file can be deleted To delete a plate format 1 Upload and back up plate formats using the steps detailed in Section 5 3 1 Uploading and Backing
76. a Transformation Formula ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para 5 xj 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x sgg aau weg a g Eisa Me PE T E L 1 fzenytn 200 5Nrono20 7 Calculate 0D Mean Transform Concentrat Plate Layout CV Factor Graphic Info Calculation Result List Status Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 2 Measurement results Transformation ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 6 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results If standard curve parameters were configured in Quantitative Concentrat displays the calculated concentration of each well based on the standard curve data results refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Note Values outside of the valid range of the standard curve are displayed as lt or gt Note Concentrat is the default label for this tab If Units for the standard curve is defined that name appears instead refer to Section 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para ol xi f Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 18 x sae aau weer B Eisa Re PH T E L 1 zenytn200 sNr01020 Calculate oD Mean Transform Plate Layout Cv Factor Graphic Info Calculation ResultList Status 0 146 0 796 0 951 0 146 0 146 0 781 0 950 0 995 0 451 0 146
77. an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 56 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 4 2 1 Printing Curve Info Data Tables Measurement results displayed in Curve Info tables may be printed using the print options built into the Curve Info tab Figure 7 42 ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help SQ a Sve a et el Bl Elisa Me PE T E L 1 zenytn 200 Snr 01020 Calculate Curve Info This table appears only in the RawD4 ADAP Prisma software Print options s Right click on a results table Haxolope Ta crenent to display print options MaxSlope Decrement Copy this Table Copy all Tables Copy Selection Value Min Value Max Save all Tables as TXT Value Mean Value Area Y 0 Value Area Start to End Y Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 42 Curve Info print options To print complete tables 1 Right click on a results table A menu with print copy and text file options appears Figure 7 42 2 Choose a printing option Print this Table Prints only the table right clicked on e Print all Tables Prints both tables Note Print all Tables is available only in the ADAP Prisma Software 3 Follow steps 2 4 in Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info to print the tables Anthos L
78. application in progress Cuvette Reading File Option Action Place Cuvette PR1 Time left 00 00 18 Samples to read Samples read Head F Actual Value hi Ead 5 Fein Figure 12 15 Cuvette Reading Place Cuvette Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 27 6 When the measurement is complete remove the cuvette Samples Read displays sample IDs and the status of the measurement OK or Error The OD measured is displayed in Actual Value Figure 12 16 Cuvette Reading File Option Action Reading done Remove Cuvette Time left Samples to read Samples read PR1 OF Actual Value Displays OD after an endpoint measurement Read Actual Value Figure 12 16 Cuvette Reading endpoint results with Actual Value 7 In Samples to read select the next sample to read and repeat steps 3 6 to perform the cuvette application again Note The number of samples to read is entered in Sample Count in the Applications tab OR If desired in Samples read select a sample choose Reread and repeat steps 4 and 6 to perform the cuvette application on that sample again OR From the File menu choose End to close Cuvette Reading and save the measurement results Plate ID appears Figure 12 17 Figure 12 17 Plate ID for a cuvette measurement ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 28 Running Cuvette Applications 8 In Input Plate ID rename the measu
79. as Text Files Curve properties displayed in Information can be saved as text files which can be viewed in any text editor or imported into many statistical software packages or spreadsheet applications To save curve properties as a text file 1 From the File menu choose Save Save As appears Figure 7 26 Sn Bx Save in a Ongoing Analysis e E EJ Original 20030807082800 TXT 20030807111500 TXT 20030807121332 TXT 20030807121431 TXT 20030807121721 TXT 20030807121852 TXT 20030807122037 TXT 20030807122441 TXT File name Save as type My Network P Figure 7 26 Save As 20030807123001 TXT 20030807123244 TXT 20030807124451 TXT 20030807124923 TXT 20030807143501 TXT 20030807145127 TXT 20030807145220 TXT 20030808090005 TxT 20030808101711 TXT Curve nifo_04 txt X Text txt 20030808103436 TXT 2 20030808103651 TXT 20030818095952 TXT B 20030818102508 TXT X Cancel 2 Browse to the desired location to save the text file 3 Enter a File name for the text file 4 Choose Save to save the file OR Choose Cancel to return to the ADAP software without saving the curve properties as a text file Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 37 7 3 6 2 3 Printing Curve Properties Curve properties displayed in Information can be printed Printing may output hard copies or files for example Acrob
80. cells per ml Oligo Concentration For example if a certain e coli strain has an optical density of 1 0 pure RNA Concentration the culture has a concentration of 5 10 8 cells In ADAP Prisma exponential characters are entered using following characters 4 10 3 4 104 or 4 10 5 Run Application Figure 12 1 Cuvette Applications ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 2 Running Cuvette Applications To configure run and view measurement results for a cuvette application e Open the Applications tab choose the desired application and configure Application Parameters refer to Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications e Run the application refer to Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications e View the measurement results refer to Section 12 4 Viewing Cuvette Application Measurement Results Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 3 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications Cuvette applications are selected configured and run from the Applications tab in Quantitation Module Test Definition To open the Applications tab a 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation gt n Quantitation if necessary 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR oY From the toolbar choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module NEG Test Definition appears Figure 12 2 Note For users
81. defined tests refer to Section 9 2 1 Selecting Tests to Use in a Multitest Assay e Assign sample IDs refer to Section 9 2 2 Assigning Sample IDs e Select which tests will be performed on each sample ID refer to Section 9 2 2 3 Selecting Tests to Perform on Sample IDs e Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layouts refer to Section 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout Note Multitest definitions are not saved to external files Instead all plates configured for a Multitest assay are saved by default after the plate layouts have been determined refer to Section 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout To define a Multitest assay From the Setup menu choose Multitest OR Choose Create Multitest Multitest appears Figure 9 1 ADAP Multitest po File Windows m Select Test Combine is 2 Tr 4 x 6 T amp gi E gt z Yes View Make Plate Layout Open Sample ID File Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Selection __ SamplelD Lif2 3 4 s 6 7 8 3 profi gt Figure 9 1 Multitest assay definition Inning Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 3 9 2 1 Selecting Tests to Use in a Multitest Assay Up to 12 previously defined tests may be selected for use in a Multitest assay Selected tests are not automatically performed on every sample ID The tests performed on each sample ID are selected independently
82. definition as 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation Be a Quantitation if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Elisa only tests defined in the ELISA module will be available to copy 2 From the Setup menu choose Calculation OR Choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module Test Definition NEG appears Figure 10 20 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Assay gt Shaking Variable ia Yes Variable 1 v1 Time 5 z Low joo Medium O High Variable 2 v2 pom Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 v3 I Area Scan joo Endpoint Cuvette Wavelength fi gt at ete l Plates Variable 4 v4 O Kinetic WLI oo J Background correction Reference Variable 5 v5 0 0 Variable 6 v6 Edit Define Layout po Variable 7 V7 0 0 Spectrum Temperature Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 v8 0 0 Figure 10 20 Quantitation Module Test Definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 39 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved tests Figure 10 21 update ist Delete Matchcode Figure 10 21 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to copy and choose OK The chosen te
83. demonstrate advanced software features Service codes used by Anthos service engineers to test instrument functionality may also be deleted ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 1 6 Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 4 Choose OK to close License Code Login appears Figure 1 2 xi User I _ Cancel Password Figure 1 2 Login 5 Enter the User Name and Password Refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration for more information on logging into the ADAP software Note Ifa password is forgotten contact the system administrator or Anthos service Note The first user who logs into the ADAP software should accept the role of system administrator Log in using the generic system administrator user name and password in Table 1 2 After logging in the first time the password should be changed refer to Section 2 2 Accepting the Role of System Administrator the First Time the ADAP Software is Run Table 1 2 Generic User Names and Passwords User Name Password User Level sadmin sadmin System administrator user level 3 admin admin Local administrator user level 2 user user User level 1 6 Choose OK ADAP appears Figure 1 3 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 1 7 nn aft el 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 2 x sae 44m wg R B Eisa Rew PE T E L 1 zenytn200 sn
84. group on the plate Figure 11 1 The mean value is displayed in the first position of the replicate group Note For a kinetic measurement the Mean value represents the mean of the data reduction value for each replicate group Note Ifreplicates are not used in the test definition the Mean tab displays the same values as OD Figure 7 1 ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para 5 Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help saa gum wi ges a gl Eisa Mes PE T E L fzenvn 200 5N 01020 7 Calculate Concentrat Plate Replicate group mean value Result List Status displayed in the first position 2 447 3 443 3 725 2 635 3 927 3 101 2 580 3 567 1 665 0 195 0 141 1 707 3 978 0 010 1 577 3 306 2 570 2 198 0 719 1 956 2 799 3 733 1 175 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 1 Measurement results Mean Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 5 11 2 2 Viewing Transformation Formula Results Transform Figure 11 2 displays measurement values for each well calculated using the transformation formula configured in Qualitative refer to Section 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations or in a kinetic test defined in the Quantitation module refer to Section 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test Note Transform is the default label for this tab If Units for the transformation formula is defined that name appears instead refer to Section 8 2 4 3 Configuring
85. in several tests results for all tests are displayed by date in Result List Note Choose Close to return to the test measurement results The sample ID data in Result List can be printed or copied into another application To print the contents of Result List refer to Section 11 3 1 3 1 Printing Sample ID Information To copy the contents of Result List so that it can be used in another application refer to Section 11 3 1 3 2 Copying Sample ID Information to Another Application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 20 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 3 1 3 1 Printing Sample ID Information Sample ID data displayed in Result List may be printed To print sample ID data 1 Choose Print Print appears Figure 11 17 A 8 x Printer Form feed after each Sample ID Options Fonts Arial b Copies 1 Size 10 E Cres Figure 11 17 Print Result List 2 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Mode select Form feed after each Sample ID to print each sample ID on a separate page if desired 4 In Options select the desired Font for the report the Size of the printed text and the number of Copies to print Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed
86. is complete the results are previewed in Cuvette Reading Note Refer to Section 12 3 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples for more information about reading blank samples To run a cuvette application 1 After configuring the Application Parameters in the Applications tab choose Run Application Figure 12 12 Cuvette Reading appears Figure 12 13 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications r Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Cells Sample Count Cell counting DNA Dilution Factor Concentration and Purity Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Conversion factor a 0 8 pure dsDNA Concentration pure ssDNA Concentration Protein UV Quantitation Protein RNA Oligo Concentration pure RNA Concentration This function is useful for monitoring growth of bacterial cultures The software can also convert the absorbance reading into concentration with units of cells ml if provided with a conversion factor The conversion factor is multiplied by the absorbance reading and the dilution factor to calculate the concentration of cells per ml For example if a certain e coli strain has an optical density of 1 0 the culture has a concentration of 5 10 8 cells In ADAP Prisma exponential characters are entered using following characters 4 10 3 4 104 or 4 10 5 Run Application Run Application
87. limited to 15 characters including spaces 5 In Confirm enter the new password a second time 6 Choose OK The user is logged in and the password is changed The next time the user logs in the new password is required Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH User Login and System Administration 2 5 2 5 Adding Editing and Deleting Users Only system administrators Level 3 can add edit and delete users For Level 1 and Level 2 users a system administrator can add and delete users edit user information and assign passwords A system administrator can create new system administrator Level 3 accounts but cannot edit or delete other system administrator accounts after they have been created 2 5 1 Adding New Users A system administrator Level 3 creates new user names and passwords for new users To add a new user 1 Start the ADAP software OR From the Setup menu choose Change User OR From the toolbar choose User Login appears Figure 2 3 2 Enter a valid system administrator Level 3 User Name and Password A Change Password button appears Figure 2 3 x User admin _ Cancel Password m Change Password Figure 2 3 Login system administrator login ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 2 6 User Login and System Administration 3 Choose Change Password Login expands to display detailed user information Figure 2 4 i x User sadmin Cancel
88. measured because an error occurred e Calc Error The well was not measured because an error occurred for example division by zero in a transformation formula Note Calc Error appears only in measurement results from tests run in the ADAP Prisma software Overflow A measurement could not be made because the optical density OD was above the indication limit Underflow A measurement could not be made because reduced data could not be calculated e Not Used The well was not selected to be measured in the plate layout Note Not Used appears only in measurement results from tests run in the ADAP Prisma software Note Refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results for information about printing Status results ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode loj xj 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 8 x saa 443m weer B Me PE T E L 1 zenytn200 snr01020 Caleulate OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Overflow Overflow OK OK OK OK J Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 7 Measurement results Status microplate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 12 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 2 Viewing Kinetic Photometric Measurement Results Results for kinetic photometric Quick measurements are displayed in four tabs e Reduced Data Displays the results for each well or cuvette sample calculated using the data reduction method configured for t
89. measurements Smoothing Points Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 17 6 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Photometric Quick Measurement A spectral scan Quick measurement performs absorbance or transmission measurements at all wavelengths within a user specified bandwidth To perform a spectral scan photometric Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 Select Measure Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance if desired 3 In Start Wavelength enter the shortest wavelength to be measured in the spectral scan Figure 6 9 Note Spectral scan measurements can be made within the range of 190 to 1000 nm fa QuickRead Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate m Plate Type STANDARD bd Measurement Position v Set Sample Measurement Mode Sc an Wavelength Measure Transmission Iv Start Wavelength 405 End Wavelength 700 Shaking Iv Shake now Intensity Medium Time 5 Figure 6 9 Quick Read Scan Wavelength measurement 4 In End Wavelength enter the longest wavelength to be measured in the spectral scan 5 If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to the measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Figure 6 9 Note Shaking may only be performed with
90. microplates Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 18 Performing Quick Measurements 6 If Shaking is selected in Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High 7 If Shaking is selected in Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified 8 To perform the Quick measurement on microplate samples follow the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples OR To perform the Quick measurement on cuvette samples follow the steps in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 19 6 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Quick Measurement Area scan Quick measurements perform absorbance or transmission measurements at a number of points across each well Area scans can measure samples on 6 12 24 48 and 96 well microplates and are performed at the maximum resolution allowed by the plate type Note Area scan measurements may be performed only on microplate samples To perform an area scan Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 If desired select Measure
91. or cuvette types and label numbers 1 In Type select the type of wells or cuvettes to configure e Standard A well or cuvette with a known concentration used to develop or correct a standard curve e Control A well or cuvette with a known expected signal used to verify the results of the plate e Quality Control A control well or cuvette with a known expected response value which is used to check lot dependent variations between kits or reagents e Positive Control A control well or cuvette in which a known amount of a target reagent is used to generate a signal that verifies positive results measured in sample wells e Negative Control A control well or cuvette in which the lack of a target reagent produces very little or no signal which verifies negative results measured in sample wells e Blank A well or cuvette that is left empty or filled only with reagents but no reacting sample used to measure background noise Note The mean value of Blank samples is automatically subtracted from all other wells or cuvettes refer to Section 8 2 5 3 Configuring Blank Subtraction e Sample A well or cuvette containing a sample to measure Note The Numbers label below Type changes automatically to reflect the type of well chosen 2 In Numbers click and drag the slider to change the well label identification number Note Drag the slider to the right to increase the label number or to the left to
92. owned by their respective companies Copyright 2003 by Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise or stored in a database or retrieval system without the prior written permission of Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Warranty and Returned Goods Requirements All standard Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH policies governing returned goods apply to this product Subject to the exceptions and upon the conditions stated below the Company warrants that the products sold under this sales agreement shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials for two years after delivery of the products to the original Purchaser by the Company and if any such product should prove to be defective within such two years period the Company agrees at its option either 1 to correct by repair or at the Company s election by replacement any such defective product provided that investigation and factory inspection discloses that such defect developed under normal and proper use or 2 to refund the purchase price The exceptions and conditions mentioned above are as follows a Components or accessories manufactured by the Company which by their nature are not intended to and will not function for one year are warranted only to reasonable service for a re
93. quantitation protein configuring 12 15 viewing results 12 40 cuvettes applications overview 12 1 blank samples 6 30 12 29 configuration options 6 4 running applications 12 23 using in Quick measurements 6 24 viewing measurement results 7 3 CV results 11 10 D data reduction methods average slope 6 15 8 26 10 20 delta OD 6 15 8 26 10 20 delta OD maximum slope 6 15 8 26 10 20 delta time absolute 6 15 8 26 10 20 delta time maximum slope 6 15 8 27 10 20 delta time relative 6 15 8 27 10 20 maximum decreasing slope 6 15 8 27 10 20 maximum increasing slope 6 15 8 27 10 20 maximum slope 6 15 8 27 10 21 mean 6 16 8 27 10 21 peak time 6 16 8 27 10 21 peak value 6 16 8 27 10 21 data transfer test definitions 5 15 updating firmware EEPROM data and standalone software 5 2 using Microsoft Windows 5 17 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH database compressing 11 32 deleting plate data 11 31 exporting test definitions 5 15 importing test definitions 5 15 loading plate data 11 31 repairing 11 32 E ejecting plates 4 3 4 10 endpoint photometric measurements configuring 6 9 10 14 errors warnings viewing 4 4 evaluate controls configuring 8 25 evaluation summary results 11 14 F factors configuration 8 18 multiplication 8 10 10 12 firmware updating 5 2 Functions 1 tab 4 2 4 6 Functions 2 tab 4 7 4 8 G Graph calculating area under curves 7 43 copying 7 44 curve fitting methods 7 40 deleting
94. reduce it 3 Use Plate Layout to define well locations or specific cuvettes for the configured Type refer to Section 8 2 1 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout 4 After defining well locations or specific cuvettes for the configured Type repeat steps 1 3 above for each additional well type desired on the plate 5 When all standards controls and blanks have been configured choose Fill Plate With Samples to populate all remaining wells or cuvettes with samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 1 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout For microplate samples Plate Layout defines the location of standard control blank and sample wells on the plate Figure 8 3 Well locations may also be edited and deleted using the options in Plate Layout Define Layout File Edit Control Position Options Type Standard he Plate Type Numbers S7 CAG Strips 4 Filling Direction Vertical bd Choosing Set actual row Replicate No Direction fi Horizontal x selects all the wells in row C Well Labels Jat A2 A3 B1 B2 7 Plate Layout Factor Choosing Set actual dg 5 column selects all wells in column 4 Figure 8 3 Define Layout Plate Layout tab microplate For cuvette samples Plate Layout assigns the sample types and labels to specific cuvettes measured in the test Figure 8 4 Define Layout File Edi
95. saving as text file 4 5 viewing log file 4 4 rejection validation formulas programming 8 31 repairing database 11 32 replicates mean results data 11 4 rejection formula examples 8 33 Result List tab 11 14 results qualitative 11 8 recalculating 11 22 rejecting outliers 11 25 test measurements 11 2 S sample IDs assigning 9 4 entering manually 9 4 importing from text files 9 5 selecting tests to perform on 9 5 sorting by test performed 9 6 scan measurements area viewing raw data 7 46 configuring 8 28 linear viewing raw data 7 27 performing 8 28 sensor state 4 3 spectral scan measurements configuring 6 17 standard curves results 11 14 viewing 11 12 stop 4 3 system administrator 2 2 adding deleting and editing users 2 5 system requirements 1 3 system settings configuring 3 5 T temperature control 3 4 4 9 test definitions copying 8 42 10 38 deleting 8 44 editing 8 40 exporting from database 5 15 importing to database 5 15 printing 8 46 10 42 quantitation module deleting 10 40 recalculating results 11 22 running 8 37 saving 8 36 10 32 test measurements results 11 2 test options configuring 8 23 tests copying 8 42 10 38 defining new 8 3 deleting 8 44 editing 8 40 printing 8 46 10 42 recalculating results 11 22 running 8 37 status 11 13 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual xxiv text files saving measurement results as 7 65 11 30 transmission viewing area scan transmission pr
96. searching with Matchcode 7 5 measurements exporting results 11 29 printing results 11 27 raw data 7 55 viewing results 7 7 raw data 7 12 7 27 7 46 microplates configuration options 6 3 running Quick measurements 6 22 viewing measurement results 7 2 multiplication factors 8 10 10 12 configuration 8 18 viewing 11 11 multitest assays assigning sample IDs 9 4 assigning tests 9 5 defining 9 2 deleting configurations 9 9 running measurements 9 10 selecting tests to use in 9 3 viewing measurement results 11 15 multiwavelength measurements configuring 6 11 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual O OD optical density viewing measurement results 7 9 outliers rejecting 11 25 restoring 11 26 P password changing 2 4 photometric measurements viewing results 7 8 photometric Quick measurement performing 6 5 plate data deleting from database 11 31 loading from database 11 31 plate definitions deleting 5 11 plate layout defining 8 5 viewing 11 9 plates ejecting 4 3 4 10 loading 4 3 4 10 shaking 8 13 viewing installed 3 3 print options configuring 8 24 printing curve info 7 55 general measurement results 7 53 graphs 7 59 measurement results 11 27 raw data 7 55 raw data 7 55 Q qualitative evaluation configuration 8 20 cutoff formulas 8 20 groups 8 20 results 11 8 qualitative transformation formula configuring 8 22 viewing results 11 5 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH quantitative evaluation 8 14
97. start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 2 5 Configuring a DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration Cuvette Application 12 13 The DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration cuvette application measures nucleic acid concentrations of dsDNA by performing a measurement at 260 nm and then multiplying the measurement value by a conversion factor and a dilution factor If desired background correction may be applied to measurements To configure the DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of DNA choose the or DNA to open the tree view pure dsDNA Concentration appears in the list under DNA 3 Choose pure dsDNA Concentration Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 7 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications 15 x Cuvette Applications Applications Cells DNA Concentration and Purity Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point pure dsDNA Concentration pure ssDNA Concentration
98. that the company shall have no liability for special or consequential damages of any kind or from any cause whatsoever arising out of the manufacture use sale handling repair maintenance or replacement of any of the products sold under the sales agreement Representatives and warranties made by any person including dealers and representatives of the Company which are consistent or in conflict with the terms of this warranty shall not be binding upon the Company unless reduced in writing and approved by an expressly authorized officer of the Company Parts replaced during the warranty period are warranted to the end of the instrument watranty Note Performance characteristics and specifications are only warranted when Anthos Labtec Instruments replacement parts are used ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Table of Contents Warranty and Returned Goods Requirements 0 cece cece cece cece ee eees iii Table of Contents ais seco ned ak sanii E EE E E ARR v List of Figures esrcepireari i eniti ienen EEEE EEE EAEE E EE EEEE AEE xiii 1 Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 1 1 OVEN IEW erea a O E ee EE a eee EE ee ea OE 1 1 1 2 Installing the ADAP Software iacaicicdncadneedneasceeabadehwea bands 1 3 1 2 1 System Requirements So vasss arses ee SV ee sha eee eaKekwes es 1 3 1 2 2 Running the Setup Program 0 ccc eenee 1 4 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software 0 0 0 0 ccc cee eee 1 5 1
99. the plate as defined in the test definition refer to Section 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help saa 43m wise a Il Eisa eS PH T E L zenyth 200 S5Nr01020 7 Calculate OD Mean Concentrat Results Sample D Cv Factor Graphic Info Calculation ResultList Status Pr36 Pr44 Pra Pr45 Pr38 Pr46 Pr39 Prd Pr40 Pr48 Pr41 Pr49 Pr42 P50 Pr43 P51 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 6 Measurement results Plate Layout ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 10 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 7 Viewing CV Results CV displays the coefficient of variation of the mean values of a replicate group Figure 11 7 To calculate a CV a sample or well type must have at least 2 replicates The CV value is displayed in the first position of the replicate group If there are no replicates for a well type the CV for the well is displayed as 0 Note The formula for CV is standard deviation divided by mean value multiplied by 100 ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para OI x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x sgg Sum weeg na B Eisa a PE T E L T zenytn 200 51010207 Calculate OD Mean Transform Concentrat Plate Layout Factor Graphic Info Calculation Result List Status Anthos Labtec Instruments Fi
100. the toolbar choose Load Plate 4 4 4 Initializing the Instrument To move all mechanical components of the instrument to home positions From the Reading menu choose Initialize Instrument OR From the toolbar choose Initialize Instrument Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 5 1 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 1 Overview Test and plate definitions measurement results and instrument EEPROM firmware and software updates can be transferred between the computer and Zenyth 200 Depending on type data is transferred by choosing data transfer options in Down Upload within the ADAP software or by copying files using a local area network floppy disk or Microsoft ActiveSync outside of the ADAP software Note Down Upload is available only to users with Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator access Note Refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows for information about transferring data between the computer and instrument outside of the ADAP software The ADAP software automatically recognizes whether the connected instrument is a standalone Zenyth 200st or a computer controlled Zenyth 200rt The types of data that can be transferred vary by instrument capability Refer to Table 5 1 for more details Table 5 1 Data Transfer by Instrument Capability Data Type Zenyth 200st Zenyth 200rt Section Fir
101. to zoom in or out is disabled when the option the option to calculate the area under a curve is enabled refer to Section 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves To zoom in or out From the Options menu choose Zoom and then the desired fixed percentage to zoom Note When zoomed in use the scroll bars to access regions of the graph view not visible To reset the original graph view From the Options menu choose Zoom gt 100 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 39 7 3 6 3 2 Zooming by Dragging Over the Desired Region Zooming in on a section of the graph view may be accomplished by dragging over the desired region to enlarge Note The ability to zoom by dragging is disabled when the option to calculate the area under a curve is enabled refer to Section 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves To zoom in by dragging 1 Position the cursor at the desired starting position for the selection then depress and hold the mouse button down 2 Drag the mouse until the desired region is selected Figure 7 28 The selected region is highlighted in blue 3 Release the mouse button Graph displays a zoomed view of the selected region Note When zoomed in by selection regions of the graph not visible are not accessible To view regions not included in the zoom selection choose Restore Graph 1 1 to reset the graph view to 100 File Edit Options Select Line E wert Act
102. using a Reference Filter This measurement is subtracted from the first to calculate the final result Note Endpoint photometric transmission measurements may be performed only on cuvette samples To configure an endpoint photometric test measurement 1 Choose the sample format and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Endpoint Options available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for endpoint measurements and the selected sample format Figure 10 7 w Quantitation Module Test Definition ioj x File General Quantitation Applications Assay r Shaking Variable Yes Variable 1 V1 N 3 r A Time 5 y Low Joo Endpoint_01 Medium High Variable 2 V2 Canaan Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 v3 J Area Scan joo Endpoint Cuvette iaon fi zi J Linear Scan Plates Variable 4 v4 Kinetic WLI 405 Joo J Background correction Reference l Variable 5 v5 O Spectrum po z 7 Variable 6 v6 Edit Define Layout po Variable 7 V7 Temperature oO Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 v8 a joo Figure 10 7 Configuring an endpoint photometric test microplate Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 10 11 12
103. using formatting defined by the ADAP software 5 Choose OK to print the raw data 6 Choose OK to print the sample ID data or Cancel to abort printing Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 21 11 3 1 3 2 Copying Sample ID Information to Another Application Sample ID data can be copied into another application such as a word processor using the clipboard To copy sample ID data to the clipboard 1 Choose Clipboard Sample ID data is copied to the clipboard 2 Open or switch to the application you want to paste the sample ID data to and paste the data Note Most applications have CTRL V assigned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut Note Choose Close to return to the Multitest results ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 22 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 4 Recalculating Test Results After the completion of tests configured in the ELISA module raw data associated with the test can be recalculated with different parameters such as cutoff formulas validation formulas standards and standard curve fits Individual wells may be rejected as outliers Tests can be recalculated with these outliers eliminated Note Only tests conf
104. 0 Plate formats stored in a plate definition plt file can be transferred from the computer to the Zenyth 200 To transfer plate formats Note Before transferring data the Zenyth 200st must be placed in Remote Control mode Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information 1 From the Setup menu choose Instrument Instrument appears Figure 5 1 2 Choose Down Upload Figure 5 5 3 Choose Plate Definition under PC gt Instrument Open appears Figure 5 12 RAE 2x Look in E contra Software e ex Fer STANDARD plt My Network EA Files of type Plate Definition File plt Ba Cancel Figure 5 12 Opening a plate definition file File name pooo cE 4 Browse to the directory where plate definition file is saved and select it 5 Choose Open to transfer the plate definition file which includes the plate formats from the computer to the instrument ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 14 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and 5 4 Importing and Exporting Test Definition Files The ADAP Prisma software stores all test definitions in the ADAP database Test definitions created and used by the Zenyth 200st standalone software are stored as individual dwr files The functions in Import Export Test Files converts test definitions into the desired format so that they may be transferred between the computer and instrument Note Test definitions m
105. 0021212112020 TXT 20021212112208 TXT 2 20021212112628 TXT 2 20021212112657 TXT 2 20021212113144 TXT 20021212120526 TXT 20021212133810 TXT FJ Analysis exe My Network P ray MultiPlates x mdb s algrafikadap dll 2 PlateData mdb gt almakedb cl aa Point dwr a anthos dap sample ID txt Deutsch lan Simulator 1000 ini a Englisch lan a Spline dwr 5 License ini 2 TestDefinition mdb Linear dwr a MultiPlates4x Idb Files of type Text X Cancel J Open as read only Ej File name sample D tt bA 4 Figure 9 3 Opening a sample ID text file 2 Browse to and select the desired sample ID text file to import and then choose Open The list of sample IDs is imported to the Multitest assay configuration 9 2 2 3 Selecting Tests to Perform on Sample IDs After assigning sample IDs the specific tests to perform on each must be selected To select tests to perform on sample IDs 1 In Select Sample IDs click the desired test selection field s next to each sample ID An X indicates the test will be performed on the sample ID Note Deselect a specific test by clicking the X in the test selection field A test may be selected or deselected for all sample IDs by clicking the test number in the header line of Select Sample IDs 2 Repeat until all desired tests are assigned to the desired sample IDs ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual
106. 095952 TxT 20030807121332 TxT 20030807124923 TxT 20030818102508 TXT 20030807121431 TxT 20030807143501 TXT 20030807121721 TxT 20030807145127 TXT 20030807121852 TXT 20030807145220 TXT 20030807122037 TXT 20030808090005 TXT 20030807122441 TxT 20030808101711 TXT My Comput s dng File name Curve_Info_04 te gt ce a Save as type Text txt bal ZA My Network P Figure 7 52 Save As 3 Browse to the desired location to save the text file 4 Enter a File name for the text file 5 Choose Save to save the file OR Choose Cancel to return to the ADAP software without saving the curve info data as a text file Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 8 1 Overview Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module Note A valid license code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to access the functions covered in this chapter Refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software for information about license codes Tests are protocols for performing and evaluating measurements using the Zenyth 200 Tests offer more robust programming and evaluation options than Quick measurements and may be saved and modified Depending on the desired application test protocols are defined using either the ELISA or Quantitation module refer to Section 8 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters The ELISA module provides options to Define n
107. 12 9 12 2 3 Configuring a DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application The DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application calculates the concentration and melting point of oligos with base sequences containing a minimum of 25 base pairs If desired background correction and a salt factor may be applied to measurements Note Use the DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application to calculate concentration and melting points of oligos with base sequences containing fewer than 25 base pairs refer to Section 12 2 4 Configuring a DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application To configure the DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of DNA choose the or DNA to open the tree view Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point appears in the list under DNA 3 Choose Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 5 w Quantitation Module Test Definition 10 x File General Quantitation Applications l Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Sample Count Concentration and Purity Dilution Factor Oligo Long Concentration
108. 13 14 15 ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 15 In Temperature if desired enter an incubation temperature for the test Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate before performing the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Medium or High In Set Measurement Parameter leave Wavelength set at the default 1 Note Changing the Wavelength configures a multiwavelength measurement refer to Section 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test Under Set Measurement Parameter in WL1 enter the desired measurement wavelength To perform a bichromatic measurement under Set Measurement Parameter in Reference enter the desired wavelength If configuring a cuvette measurement under Set Measurement Parameter select Transmission to perform a transmission measurement if desired In Variable enter numeric values for up to eight variables that can be used in any formula defined in the tes
109. 2 4 1 Data Reduction Methods Performing Quick Measurements 6 15 In kinetic measurements data reduction methods are used to determine a single value per sample based on the results of a sequence of measurements over a period of time Table 6 1 describes the twelve data reduction methods supported by the ADAP software Data Reduction Method Table 6 1 Data Reduction Methods Description Additional Average Slope Determines the average slope of the reaction curve by calculating the average of all linear regressions calculated over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence A decreasing slope shows a decline Configuration Smoothing Points Delta OD Difference between the first and last kinetic measurements in optical density OD N A Delta OD Max Slope Difference in OD between the first measurement and the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is calculated by determining the center point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Smoothing Points Delta Time Absolute Time elapsed from one preselected OD value to another Lower Limit Upper Limit Delta Time Max Slope Time difference in seconds between the first measurement and the occurrence of the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is calculated by determining the c
110. 2 6 DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 12 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter the Base Sequence of the oligo for example agctagctagctagctagct The base sequence must contain a fewer than 25 base pairs Note Use the DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application to calculate concentration and melting points on oligos with base sequences containing 25 or more base pairs refer to Section 12 2 3 Configuring a DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application 7 Enter a new Salt factor if desired Note The salt factor compensates for the salinity of the DNA solution The default salt factor is 10 8 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results 9 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to
111. 2 7 12 2 2 Configuring a DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application The DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application measures the approximate purity of nucleic acid preparations by calculating the ratio between absorbance at 260 nm and 280 nm Pure DNA preparations have ratios of about 1 8 pure RNA preparations have ratios of about 2 0 If desired background correction may be applied to measurements To configure the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of DNA choose the or DNA to open the tree view Concentration and Purity appears in the list under DNA 3 Choose Concentration and Purity Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 4 i Quantitation Module Test Definition oe Ic xi File General Quantitation Applications l Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Sample Count Concentration and Purity Dilution Factor Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point B pure dsDNA Concentration pure ssDNA Concentration Protein ADAP Prisma can calculate and display the ratio of A260 to A280 This methos is approximating the purity of nucleic acid a i preparations Pure DNA preparations have ratios of abou
112. 20 36 0 protein concentration abs 260 320 757 29 abs 280 320 1552 Warburg O Christian W 1941 Biochem Z 310 384 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 35 12 4 2 2 Viewing Curve Info For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application Curve Info displays detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data Optical density and percentage transmission values for samples at each wavelength measured are also displayed Figure 12 21 E4 R Quantitation RE MaxSlope Increment r 0 893 12 78 MaxSlope Decrement R 0 830 14 81 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 21 Curve Info for the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 36 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results Measurement results for the DNA and RNA oligo cuvette applications are displayed in four tabs e OD Displays the optical density for each sample measured refer to Section 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results e Info Calc Displays a summary of each step performed in the cuvette application and indicates the success or failure of each step refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Result List Displays a summary of the data evaluated by the application including parameters and measurement results refer to Section
113. 3 User Name and Password Change Password appears Figure 2 7 x User admin D Cancel P d XXXXXX asswor Change Password Figure 2 7 Login system administrator login Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH User Login and System Administration 2 9 3 Choose Change Password Login expands to display detailed user information Figure 2 8 Lon amp x sadmin ok Cancel Password User MOF v ___ AddUser Password e Delete User Full Name Level ho x Date 1 9 2003 Figure 2 8 Login editing Full Name 4 In User select the desired user to edit 5 Edit the user information as desired 6 Choose OK to save changes made to the user information and exit Login OR Choose Cancel to discard changes made to the user information and exit Login ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 2 10 2 6 User Login and System Administration Viewing the User Log Table The ADAP software maintains an activity log that tracks certain events performed in the software The log may be saved in text format so that it can be imported into other software applications An event is added to the log whenever e A user logs into the ADAP software e Quick measurements are run or have parameters changed e A test definition is created or modified ADAP Prisma only e Tests or multitest assays are run or reevaluated ADAP Prisma only e A database error is reported Th
114. 3 1 Using the Help Menu scenes nea eee eee ea weep ae PARAS 1 7 2 User Login and System Administration 2 1 OVERVIEW 4 4 4 5 4 44 44 Sale ERR AE EEE EA ARERR EAE CAR RAE ARERR Rd OES 2 1 2 2 Accepting the Role of System Administrator the First Time the ADAP Software is Run 1 1 cece eect e teenies 2 2 2 3 Logging Into the ADAP Software 0 0 0 cece eens 2 3 2 4 Changing a Password nunana oben aes ead even eee ad a wad einnws 2 4 20 Adding Editing and Deleting Users 4 4 daa444244 00 0b 4444 408 2405085 2 5 2 5 1 Adding NeW Users 0 55 24a oe errena iake aE a E ni ii 2 5 2 3 2 Deleting S tS cricricci seta Ci os tr iner E CEEE EEE EEEE EPEE REA 2 7 2 5 3 Editing Existing User Information aaaea 2 8 2 6 Viewing the User Log Table co scca40080 6404088 e deed anv enwak ai nes 2 10 2 6 1 Saving the Entire Log Table as a Text File 2 11 2 6 2 Copying the Entire Log Table to the Clipboard 2 11 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual vi Table of Contents 3 Configuring the Instrument to Perform Measurements 3 1 OVErVIEW s opadp reki naspa cag keke En A haces hes Aer A 3 1 3 2 Configuring the Instrument Setup 0 0 00 eee eee eee eee 3 2 3 2 1 Configuring Instrument Settings 00 0 sanare 3 3 3 2 2 Viewing Installed Plates lt s4 00xu0 sae eeyeee wie cos vas eked ees 3 3 3 2 3 Setting the Instrument Temperature 0 00 00
115. 3 6 Viewing and Performing Calculations on Curves in the Graph Window Note Show Graph is only availible in the ADAP Prisma software To print Graphic Choose Print Graph to print the graphs for all wells or cuvette samples measured refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode Of x x 5 Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help seg 43m weer amp i hee PHT EL CT zenytn 200 SNr 01020 7 Status Curve Info Measurement time 00 00 25 Scale Y 1 500 o Pitera o Pitera Wavelengths 351 351 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 16 Measurement results spectral scan Graphic ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 24 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 4 2 Viewing the Spectral Scan Graph for an Individual Sample The spectral scan Graphic for an individual well or cuvette sample can be viewed in detail Positioning the cursor over any point on the curve displays the x and y coordinate values of that position in the upper right corner of the tab To display the spectral scan Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample 1 In Graphic click on the desired well to view 2 Choose Zoom Graph from the menu that appears Graphic displays the detailed spectral scan graph for the selected well or cuvette sample Figure 7 17 To return to the main spectral scan Graphic view Click on the detailed spectral scan graph Graphic displays spectral scan graphs
116. 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate during the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples If shaking is not desired go to step 9 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Medium or High In Set Measurement Parameter leave Wavelength set at the default 1 Note Changing the Wavelength configures a multiwavelength measurement refer to Section 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test Under Set Measurement Parameter in WL1 enter the desired measurement wavelength Under Set Measurement Parameter in Points Height and Width select the number of measurement points Note The number of points selected in Points defines how many points will be measured both vertically and horizontally for example choosing 6 means that 36 measurement points will be laid out in a 6 x 6 grid across the well The number of point selections available depends upon the plate format selected in the plate layout 12 well plates have a resolution of about 20 x 20 points 24 well plates about 14 x 14 96 well plates about 8 x 8 The exact resolution depends on plate type Under Set Measurement Parameter in Resolution select he resolution or space bet
117. 4 Selection test definitions 132s sssssesiassssdecuassetevseessienanapacsusevspiedanss sauveesavdesasssanvants 8 37 Figure 8 15 Numbers Or Samples ac cecsccanneensn eno ae 8 38 Figure 8 16 ACCU sc ose cag ciaaueacecds cca esusesseencasacasaspeucenanseacesesesaccramiaios easter aane eaer ein nasiamesons 8 38 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Figure 8 17 ELISA module test definition configuration ec ceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeenees 8 40 Figure 8 18 Selection test definitions cisscsssnusexsranvsn sssueniocansdeanssnerocsesutsepesdswontnssssaxusesmusesedeees 8 41 Figure 8 19 ELISA module test definition configuration esssssesssseesesseseesesseseesssseesessesee 8 42 Figure 8 20 Selection test definitions sca coer ctaaii eccceeynen aussie 8 43 Figure 8 21 ELISA module test definition configuration sesssssesssseessseseesessesersssseesessesee 8 44 Figure 8 22 Selection test definitions siccsssisaccaacesasvaasnasevacvsdeccangsaavceansdacesasssnvvanvaddesenssaavcenss 8 45 Figure 8 23 Message Delete selected Tests sivenisnccantesucsseinsienstuvvaanctarivarenchiunndcacnmacienedadeas 8 45 Figure 8 24 ELISA module test definition configuration ec ceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeecneeeneeeneeenees 8 46 Figure 8 25 Selection test definitions n c3 dsiscdtansidenqseineainionceninnnnieeenies 8 47 Figure 8 26 Prti cata e sete whys oear nana areen e aie aean E iaia Enan e EA EEE
118. 5 Print Raw Data 82 260 80 130 74 910 78 000 82 900 82 290 81 410 80 740 81 350 80 660 80 290 77 390 81 690 82 470 81 320 81 210 81 720 80 490 79 850 78 270 81 030 80 460 80 290 78 780 79 850 77 520 78 120 75 110 80 100 80 650 79680 79 250 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 19 Raw Data tab for a Linear Scan Measurement ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 28 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 5 2 Viewing Linear Scan Graphs Scan displays graphs of the linear transmission profile for all wells on the plate Figure 7 20 A linear transmission graph displays the transmission measured at 25 points across the center of the well The y axis refers to transmission percentage the x axis refers to measurement positions Note Data in the graphs are percentage transmission values not absorbency For example 0 000 refers to no transmission of light which in terms of OD is overflow 100 000 refers to 100 transmission which is 0 OD 10 000 equals 10 transmission which is 1 OD ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode f Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help vaw Elisa hey PE T E L 1 zenyth 200 Snr 01020 7 Raw Data Scan Measurement Time Scale Y Print Graph Cycle Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 20 Measurement results linear scan graphs Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 29 To change the Scan view e Use the sc
119. 6 3 Quick Mode E E oj x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 8 x sae aau weer i Eisa es PE T E L 1 fzenytn 200 51010207 Calculate tatus Raw Data Kinetic Graph Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 8 Measurement results reduced data microplate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 14 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 2 2 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Raw Data Raw Data displays measurement results for each cycle of a photometric kinetic measurement Figure 7 9 The cycle currently displayed and number of cycles in the measurement are shown to the right of Next Cycle To view results from a different cycle Choose Previous Cycle to view the measurement results from the preceding cycle OR Choose Next Cycle to display results from the following cycle To print Raw Data for all cycles Choose Print Raw Data refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 5 gt Database Reading Setup Ontiane Fnd tiindnwe Help Currently Number of cycles in eS we 5 p pi v alculate 3 displayed cycle i measurement yth 200 lale UN ao ODimin Status Raw Data Kinetic Graph lt Previous Cycle Next Cycle gt Cycle 1 2 Print Raw Data 1 098 0 377 2 900 1 098 1 564 0 217 0 475 3 666 1 460 0 418 2 206 1 239 0 971 0 788 1 945 3 757 0 441 2 942 3 729 1 859 3 231 1 34 2 389 1 968
120. 6 if 8 3 10 11 Figure 8 2 Define Layout microplate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 6 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 1 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters Options configures sample format parameters including plate type strip use filling direction replicates and well labeling format To configure plate parameters in Options 1 In Plate Type choose CUVETTE or the type of microplate used in the test 2 In CAG Strips select the location of control antigen strips if they are used in the test CAG wells are assigned to the plate layout e No Antigen control strips are not used e 1st Horizontal Antigen control well is located horizontally before the samples e 2nd Horizontal Antigen control well is located horizontally after the samples e 1st Vertical Antigen control well is located vertically before the samples e 2nd Vertical Antigen control well is located vertically after the samples Note When CAG Strips is selected the measurement of the control antigen well is automatically subtracted from the full antigen well Note CAG Strips is disabled when CUVETTE is selected In Filling Direction select how samples are numbered based on the filling direction of the plate e Vertical Sample labels are numbered in ascending order column by column e Horizontal Sample labels are numbered in ascending order ro
121. 68 PR76 0 054 0 629 0 928 0 054 0 629 0 928 PRS PR69 PR77 1 624 1 441 2 154 1 624 1 441 2 154 OK OK OK Figure 11 21 Test measurement results printout excerpt ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 28 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements To print out the measurement results summary 1 From the Setup menu select Print Print appears Figure 11 22 Print h Printer eroxRandD1 Ne02 C All Tests Single Test Options Fonts Arial Me Copies 1 Size 10 ce Figure 11 22 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the measurement results summary All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In range select whether to print All Tests or a Single Test Note Selecting All Tests is only applicable for Multitest assays 4 In Test select the Test to print summary results for 5 In Options select the desired Font text Size and number of Copies Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines and headings are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 6 Choose OK to print the measurement results summary Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directo
122. 7 Figure 10 20 Quantitation Module Test Definition eee eeceeseeneeeeeeeceeeceseceetaeeeeeeereeaeees 10 38 Figure 10 21 Selection test definitions s sessessssesseseesssstsresesstsestrrtssesersessesesessrseesete 10 39 Figure 10 22 Quantitation Module Test Definition cee eeeeseeneeeceeeeeeeecesecneeeaeeeseeeeeeaeees 10 40 Figure 10 23 Selection test definitions wiccsiesacasunttaxasentderesesieceataniaeunninnadd daneiieseieehinss 10 41 Figure 10 24 Message Delete selected Tests cccccssccesscesseeseceseeseneeeseecseeceeeseeeenaees 10 41 Figure 10 25 Quantitation Module Test Definition ss sssessessensseeseseossessssesseesesressesresesse 10 42 Figure 10 26 Selection test definitions uicaasascoanvsuncsarwsavsaerrwnsansawaneestanneancaanvontdaainentauanvanens 10 43 Fig r 10 27 Pati meinaan ea aei aaa ed E EE E EAEE EASES RE EEEa ERE 10 43 Figure 11 1 Measurement results Mean zjisvccsasscccas cen deciaseeGecceaurieadtenvinceneteiam ecient 11 4 Figure 11 2 Measurement results Transformation ssssesessessessssersessrsersessesersssresessesee 11 5 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH xvii Figure 11 3 Measurement results Concentrat ccescessscseececeeecesesecceseeeseeseesoeeeeceesceseens 11 6 Figure 11 4 Measurement results Index Conc sci ssnssssnvseesnstnnssesayneayrarevoutovevnedsesensaweatveucuas 11 7 Figure 11 5 Measurement results Results
123. Configuring Qualitative Evaluations ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para i fei x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x saa aau w eg a B Elisa Mee PE T E L 1 zenyth 200 5Nr01020 7 Calculate oD Mean Concentrat Resul Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Negative Negative Negative Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Negative Negative Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 5 Measurement results Results Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 9 11 2 6 Viewing Plate Layout Plate Layout Figure 11 6 displays the layout of
124. Count Protein Dilution Factor U Quantitation Protein RNA Conversion factor 1 Oligo Concentration pure RNA Concentration Conversion factor 2 The UY assay was developed to find protein concentrations in nucleic acid background as in crude cell extracts Protein concentration is calculated by the following equation Conc C1 4280 320 C2 A260 4320 If UY protein assay is chosen ADAP Prisma will show you the current values for C1 and C2 as you accept and modify them The preset values for for C1 and C2 are 1 55 and 0 76 respectivly Run Application Figure 12 9 UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 18 Running Cuvette Applications 3 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 4 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 5 Enter a new Conversion factor 1 if desired Note The default value for conversion factor 1 is 1 55 6 Enter a new Conversion factor 2 if desired Note The default value for conversion factor 2 is 0 76 7 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start t
125. Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 15 12 2 6 Configuring a DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration Cuvette Application The DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration cuvette application measures nucleic acid concentrations of ssDNA by performing a measurement at 260 nm and then multiplying the measurement value by a conversion factor and a dilution factor If desired background correction may be applied to measurements To configure the DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of DNA choose the or DNA to open the tree view Pure ssDNA Concentration appears in the list under DNA 3 Choose Pure ssDNA Concentration Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 8 ij Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications ications Application Parameters Cells DNA Sample Count Concentration and Purity Dilution Factor Oligo Long Concentration Melting Poin
126. Delete plate formats refer to Section 5 3 3 Deleting Plate Formats Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 1g Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 7 Once editing plate formats is complete plate definition plt files can be downloaded to the Zenyth 200 firmware refer to Section 5 3 4 Downloading Plate Formats to the Zenyth 200 Instrument Functions 1 Functions 2 Firmware Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Firmware Firmware EEPROM Data EEPROM Data Stand Alone Software Stand Alone Software m Test Plate Data Transfer Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Test Definition File Test Definition File Evaluated Plates File Evaluated Plates File Eval Plates Text File Eval Plates Text File Edit and transfer plate Plate Definition Edit Plate Definition Plate Definition definitions m Import Export Test Files Import to Database Export from Database Figure 5 5 Down Upload edit and transfer plate definition options ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 8 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and Com 5 3 1 Uploading and Backing Up Plate Formats Stored in the Zenyth 200 Before editing a plate format all plate formats uploaded from the Zenyth 200 to the computer should be backed up Backing up the original plate formatting information is critical because each time edited plate formats are downloaded to the ins
127. Figure 5 9 Opening a plate definition file lt c ccscasscsasesssanssncsescesnensnecsnncsoatsousinccasnaseacinensesiannciines 5 11 Fig te 5 10 Plate Pettit iss aigaccvinsteeasenncaess n E NE 5 12 Figure 5 11 Confirmation to delete plate definition s nsnsssssessesessseessessessresseesessensseesseseessee 5 12 Figure 5 12 Opening a plate definition file scsiyssasssacccsssaaysvatsaadesvasvaansdansessnvatssabeseesasnaadsvaniseenaas 5 13 Figure 5 13 Down Upload Import Export Test Files 0 cccccecscecsseceseceseceeeeeeseecseeenseeeees 5 14 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual xiv Figure 5 14 Opening a test definition to import into database ssssseseseseesessesessesresesseeesee 5 15 Fig re 5 15 Select test to COIL eiisacpuavxvarravnsserviaccasnniremewmerccateanetiuesvenreacwwileadonauntuaniananieuteies 5 16 Figure 5 16 Selecting Evaluated Plates Scccdscccsssatesessecastceaacegunaectaceencsaaeeseraceueeneranaeucerens 5 18 Figure 6 1 Quick Read configuration options for microplate samples cccceseetees 6 3 Figure 6 2 Quick Read configuration options for cuvette samples ccceeeeeseeteeeeees 6 4 Fig re 6 3 Q ick Read si sca csesss siecanysavvanipaceranivaecseiadstaciaaes anecaadaasacone sicuaaantucnaoesdaceaabasannaapnainneaths 6 6 Fig t 6A Set LU lessico e a ea EE O E e Ra ES E aae 6 7 Figure 6 5 Quick Read Endpoint Photometric measurement sssssessesesee
128. For this reason the sample format and options should be configured before the options available in the other tabs Microplate and cuvette parameters are configured in Define Layout which is divided into four sections e Options Configures sample format parameters including plate type strip use filling direction replicates and well labeling format refer to Section 8 2 1 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters e Control Position Configures the type and label numbering applied to samples measured during the test refer to Section 8 2 1 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels in Control Position e Plate Layout Defines the location of standard control blank and sample wells on the plate With cuvettes defines the label of each cuvette measured refer to Section 8 2 1 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout e Factor Configures multiplication factors for samples refer to Section 8 2 1 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples To open Define Layout In the ELISA module test definition configuration choose Layout OR In the General tab under Test Name choose Edit Define Layout Define Layout appears Figure 8 2 Define Layout File Edit Control Position Options Type Standard 7 Plate Type Numbers CAG Strips Filling Direction Vertical E Replicate No Direction 1 Horizontal hed MIRESE Well Labels A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 7 Plate Layout Factor 1 2 3 4 5
129. H Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 63 7 5 1 1 Copying and Pasting Curve Info Results Into Another Application Measurement results displayed in Curve Info tables may be copied and pasted using the copy options built into the Curve Info tab Figure 7 51 ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode loj x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 8 x Sem Se lS om l al Eisa ey PE T E L 1 Zenytn 200 51010207 Calculate Curve Info This table appears only in the RawDa ADAP Prisma software Print this Table Print all Tables MaxSlope Increment n MaxSlope Decrement Copy this Table Copy options Copy all Tables Right click on a results table Copy Selection to display copy options Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 51 Curve Info copy options To copy complete tables into another application 1 Right click on a results table A menu with print copy and text file options appears Figure 7 51 2 Choose a copy option Copy this Table Copies all data in the table clicked on to the clipboard e Copy all Tables Copies all data from both tables to the clipboard Note Copy all Tables is available only in the ADAP Prisma Software 3 Open or switch to the application where the measurement results will be pasted 4 Paste the measurement results into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have CTRL V assig
130. High Variable 2 v2 0 0 Method Plates Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 v3 J Area Scan 0 0 Endpoint O Cuvette Wavelength fi x Pies Plates Variable 4 v4 Kinetic WLI joo I Background correction Reference Variable 5 v5 Spectrum 00 Variable 6 V6 Edit Define Layout po CS Variable 7 v7 Temperature po Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 v8 0 0 Figure 10 1 Quantitation Module Test Definition General tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 5 Quantitation Module Test Definition is divided into seven sections with options that automatically change to reflect the sample format selected and the type of measurement being configured Assay Selects a name for the test Method Selects the type of test to perform Endpoint Kinetic or Spectrum spectral scan Plates Chooses the sample format Cuvette or Plates refer to Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options Temperature Sets the internal temperature of the instrument Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Shaking Sets the time and intensity of microplate shaking Note Shaking is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Set Measurement Parameter Configures measurement parameters Options a
131. Info Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 55 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info Raw Data Raw Data Scan and Curve Info can be printed from measurement results that include any of these tabs Note Information in the OD Transmission Reduced Data and Status tabs are printed by choosing Print in the Setup menu refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results To print kinetic or scan graphs choose Print Graph in Kinetic Graph or Scan respectively refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs To print Raw Data or Curve Info 7 1 In Raw Data or Raw Data Scan choose Print Raw Data OR In Curve Info choose Print Print appears Figure 7 41 Note Curve Info data tables may also be printed by right clicking on a table within the Curve Info tab Print h x Printer WSAGISNRAS XeroxRiandD1 NeQ2 Options Fonts Arial 7 Size 10 S cme Figure 7 41 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print the raw data Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as
132. Labtec Instruments GmbH shall not be liable to any extent whatsoever for any damages resulting from or arising out of the use or performance of this system and related documentation or the procedures specified in this manual regardless of foreseeability or the form of action whether in contract tort including negligence breach of warranty strict liability or otherwise and including but not limited to damages resulting from loss of data loss of anticipated profits or any special indirect incidental or consequential damages In no event shall Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH s liability to the user exceed the amount paid by the user to Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH hereunder The user assumes full responsibility for the results obtained from the use of this system and related documentation and for application of such results Anthos Labtec Instruments Lagerhausstrasse 507 A 5071 Wals Salzburg AUSTRIA www Anthos labtec com Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries IBM is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation Adobe Acrobat and Postscript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries All other trademarks appearing in this manual are
133. Operating Manual Anthos ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Article number MA IA44 Date September 2003 Revision A2 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH LagerhausstraBe 507 5071 Wals Salzburg AUSTRIA Tel 43 662 857220 Fax 43 662 857223 E Mail Anthos anthos labtec com http www anthos labtec com Copyright 2003 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Printed in Austria Except as provided in writing signed by an officer to Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH this system and any related documentation are provided as is without warranty of any kind expressed or implied including that the system is error free This information is presented in good faith but Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH does not warrant guarantee or make any representations regarding the use or the results of the use of this system and related documentation in terms of correctness accuracy reliability currentness omissions or otherwise The entire risk as to the use results and performance of this system and related documentation is assumed by the user Except as expressly provided herein Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH makes no other warranty whether oral or written expressed or implied as to any matter whatsoever including but not limited to those concerning merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose nor is freedom from any patent owned by Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH or by others to be inferred LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY Anthos
134. P software 1 From the Start menu choose Programs gt Anthos Software gt ADAP The ADAP software starts up and Login appears Figure 2 1 x User _ Cancel Password Figure 2 1 Login 2 Enter the User and Password Note Ifa password is forgotten contact the system administrator or Anthos service 3 Choose OK Note Ifa Level 1 or Level 2 user attempts to access a software function they do not have permission to perform Login appears To access the software function a User and Password for a user with permission to perform the function must be entered ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 2 4 User Login and System Administration 2 4 Changing a Password The user should change the password after logging in the first time with a default user name and password Table 2 1 However users may change their password at any time To change a password 1 Start the ADAP software OR From the Setup menu choose Change User Login appears 2 Enter a valid User Name and Password Change Password appears Figure 2 2 x User admin Password Change Password Figure 2 2 Login 3 Choose Change Password Login expands to display password information I User admin _ Cancel Password New Password ooo Confirm Figure 2 1 Login Change Password options 4 In New Password enter the new password Note Passwords are case sensitive and
135. Password User Password Full Name Level Date 1 3 2003 Figure 2 4 Login adding a new user 4 In User enter a user name for the new user 5 In Password enter the password the new user will use to login to the ADAP software Note Passwords are case sensitive and limited to 15 characters including spaces 6 In Full Name enter the full name of the new user Note A user s Full Name appears in the user log table and on printed reports generated by the software 7 Select the desired Level for the new user refer to Section 2 1 Overview 8 Choose OK to add the user and exit Login The user may now log on using the new user name and password OR Choose Add User to add another user OR Choose Cancel to delete the new user from the list and exit Login Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH User Login and System Administration 2 7 2 5 2 Deleting Users A system administrator Level 3 can delete Level 1 and Level 2 users Note Only system administrators Level 3 can delete users However they are not permitted to delete other system administrators To delete a user 1 Start the ADAP software OR From the Setup menu choose Change User OR From the toolbar choose User Login appears Figure 2 5 2 Enter a valid system administrator Level 3 User Name and Password Change Password appears Figure 2 5 x User admin _ o Cancel Password Change Password Figure 2
136. Pattern Result Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a in the ID or name Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the beginning of the ID or name a Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the end of the ID or name alph Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with alph followed by an additional character For example alpha or alphb Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 35 To search for an existing test definition 1 From Selection choose Matchcode Plate ID appears Figure 10 17 Input Plate ID Figure 10 17 Plate ID 2 In Input Plate ID enter a plate ID or test definition name 3 Input Plate ID also refers to saved measurement results for cuvette samples and test definition names 4 Choose OK Plate IDs or test definition names that match the search query appear in Selection Note If Matchcode finds no matches to the search query choose update list Figure 10 15 to display the entire list of test definitions again ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 36 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitatior 10 5 Editing Copying and Deleting Test Definitions Quantitation Tests stored in the database can be edited copied or deleted using the ADAP software Note Tests may be edited copied and deleted only by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system ad
137. Reduction Methods Data Reduction Method Description Additional Configuration Maximum slope of the curve in OD min The line with the highest slope is calculated Also the maximum reaction speed Maximum Slope Smoothing Points Note The accuracy of this calculation depends on the number of measurement cycles selected Determines the mean value per sample within a N A sequence of measurements Mean Used to detect the time elapsed until the peak value is Time Peak Value reached Smoothing Points Used to detect the highest value per sample within a Peak Value sequence of measurements Smoothing Points ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 22 Defining and Running Tests In the Quanti atior 10 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Test A spectral scan test performs absorbance or transmission measurements at all wavelengths within a user specified bandwidth To perform a spectral scan test measurement 1 Choose the sample format and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Spectrum Options available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for spectral scan measurements and the selected sample format Figure 10 10 i Quantitation Module Test Definition Oj xj File General Applications
138. S SES eo ar ipera E Curve Info This data appears only in the Raw Data Scan Scan Status ADAP Prisma software Valley Mean Valley Count MaxSlope Increment MaxSlope Decrement J Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 22 Measurement results linear scan Curve Info ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 32 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 Viewing and Performing Calculations on Curves in the Graph Window In the ADAP Prisma software Graph provides options to view compare and perform curve fitting on graphs for multiwavelength spectral scan and linear measurement results Graphs for all samples measured are displayed simultaneously and color coded for differentiation Figure 7 23 Note Graph is available only with a valid ADAP Prisma software license File Edit Options Select Line Actual Values 377 00 73 74 Curve Value 0 000 Area under Curve 0 000 Py ETT TT Figure 7 23 Graph To open Graph From the Graph tab in multiwavelength measurement results the Graphic tab in spectral scan measurement results or the Scan tab in linear scan measurement results click on a sample graph and choose Show Graph from the menu that appears To close Graph From the File menu choose End Note To save smoothed curves before closing Graph from the File menu choose Save Calc Container refer to Section 7 3 6 4 2 Saving Smoothed Curves Note To clear Graph from the
139. Samples Cuvette samples are manually loaded into the cuvette holder at the back of the instrument after the Quick measurement is configured and the light output from the lamp has stabilized Up to 50 cuvette samples can be processed one at a time in a single Quick measurement Running cuvette measurements is controlled from Cuvette Reading which includes options to perform blank measurements and re read samples When the measurement is complete the results are previewed in Cuvette Reading Note Refer to Section 6 4 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples for more information about reading blank samples To run a cuvette measurement 1 In Quick Read choose Start Figure 6 14 Cuvette Reading appears Figure 6 15 Ki Load Plate Eject Plate Format Cuvette v Measurement Mode Sc an Wavelength Measure Transmission Iv Start Wavelength 405 End Wavelength 700 Shaking a Figure 6 14 Quick Read cuvette spectral scan Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 25 2 In Samples to read select the sample ID for the first sample to read Note Action provides instructional prompts throughout the reading _ Note Do not insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder until prompted Note The instrument can be initialized by choosing Initialize Instrument from the Option menu Refer to Table 4 1 for more information about initializing the instrument Cuvette Reading File Option A
140. Save The test definition is saved in the database with the new name and may be used to run a test 7 From the File menu choose End to return to the ELISA module test definition setup screen Note Refer to Section 8 3 Saving Test Definitions for more information about different methods of saving test definition data and returning to the main ADAP screen ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 44 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 5 3 Deleting Tests Test definition parameters may be deleted by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To delete a test definition 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Quantitation only tests defined in the Quantitation module will be available to delete 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR Choose Create Edit Calculation The ELISA module test definition NEG configuration appears Figure 8 21 ADAP bo File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Test Name Shaking IT Yes Low Medium Edit Define Layout High Instrument Measurement Filter Reference Filter Measurement Filter lt gt Ne nm Zenyth200 SNr 01001 z Reference Filter lt
141. Section 10 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Test e Area scan photometric performs a series of absorbance measurements at a number of points across each well refer to Section 10 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Photometric Test Note Area scan test measurements may only be performed on microplate samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 4 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation e Linear scan photometric performs a series of transmission measurements along a linear axis that crosses the center of each well refer to Section 10 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Photometric Test Note Linear scan test measurements may only be performed on microplate samples e For endpoint multiwavelength and kinetic test measurements configure standards and standard curve fitting if desired refer to Section 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations To open Quantitation Module Test Definition a 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation oe ae Quantitation if necessary 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR y From the toolbar choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module MEG Test Definition appears with the General tab open Figure 10 1 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Assay r Shaking Variable Yes Variable 1 v1 Name Time E X O Low po a Medium O
142. Smoothed Curves Saved Calc Containers with smoothed curve data can be opened and viewed in Graph To open a Calc Container 1 From the File menu choose Open Open appears Figure 7 30 Look in S Analysis gt aae 20030808103436 TXT 20030808103651 TXT 20030818095952 TXT 20030818102508 TXT container17 txt Original Stuff 20030807082800 TXT 200308071 11500 TXT 20030807121332 TXT 20030807121431 TXT 20030807121721 TXT 2030807121852 TXT 2 2030807122037 TXT 20030807123001 TXT 20030807123244 TXT 20030807124451 TXT 20030807124923 TXT 20030807143501 TXT 20030807145127 TXT 20030807145220 TXT 20030808090005 TXT 20030807122441 TxT 20030808101711 TXT My Documents My Comput s pa dag File name gt S Result Container TXT txt J Open as read only Files of type Cancel My Network P V2 Figure 7 30 Opening a saved Calc Container 2 Browse to and select the Calc Container file to open Note If necessary select the File of type that stores the Calc Container data Result Container TXT txt or Result Container XML xml Only files of the selected type are displayed in Open 3 Choose Open to open the Calc Container OR Choose Cancel to close Open without opening a Calc Container Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 43 7 3 6 5 Calculating the Area Under Curves The area under a curve c
143. Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance Note Linear scan measurements perform only transmission measurements 3 In Wavelength enter the desired measurement wavelength Figure 6 10 fa QuickRead Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate ka Plate Type STANDARD a Measurement Position All v Set Sample Measurement Mode Sc an Area v Wavelength Shaking E Figure 6 10 Quick Read Scan Area measurement ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 20 Performing Quick Measurements 4 If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to the measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Note If shaking is not desired go to step 7 5 If Shaking is selected in Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High 6 If Shaking is selected in Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified 7 Run the Quick measurement following the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 21 6 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Quick Measurement Linear scan Quick measurements perform transmission measurements at 25 points along a linear axis crossing the center of each measured well Linear scans may be performed only on 96 we
144. Viewing Plate Layout eesweawinchekardee bikes 445 fee8 11 9 11 2 7 Viewing CV Results on oye ceases tea deend spade evad ewes aes 11 10 L128 Vie Wie Factof i scc eseciin conectare ri EER AE EERE eas 11 11 11 2 9 Viewing Standard Curves annasan sanee SEES SE EESS 11 12 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information 0 000000 e ee 11 13 11 2 11 Viewing Evaluation Summary Results 005 11 14 11 3 Viewing Multitest Measurement Results 0 00 00 cee ee ee eee 11 15 11 3 1 Viewing Sample IDs For Multitest Assays 0 04 11 16 11 3 1 1 Manually Entering Sample IDs 11 17 11 3 1 2 Importing Sample IDs From Text Files 11 17 11 3 1 3 Viewing Printing and Copying Individual Sample ID Information 0 eee 11 18 11 4 Recaleulating Test REsults 2 24 dacet 48 cdneee ce eaeue sas tesbederees dae 11 22 11 4 2 Rejecting Outliers and Recalculating Results 11 25 11 4 3 Restoring Wells Rejected in Prior Calculations 11 26 11 5 Printing Measurement Resuls ais s0es eed acdtidabwr eee dedeaieee deewe 11 27 11 6 Exporting Measurement Results to Other Applications 11 29 11 6 1 Copying Measurement Results to Clipboard 11 29 11 6 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files 11 30 11 6 3 Exporting the Database s4 4 244022 25n0eeed Lbaeadeeaens 11 30 11 7 W
145. Wells are labeled in Row Column format For example C2 represents the well in the third row of the second column Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 61 7 4 3 3 Viewing Area Scan Graph Printouts Area scan graph printouts display area scan graphs for all measured wells on the plate Figure 7 50 PERS ASS LER Figure 7 50 Area graph printout excerpt Note Well labels are not printed in area scan graph printouts However the layout matches the Row Column format used by kinetic and linear scan graph printouts so the well in the third row of the second column is C2 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 62 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 5 Exporting Quick Measurement Results to Other Applications Quick measurement results can be exported to other applications for further analysis or manipulation The ADAP software provides two methods to export data e Data can be copied and pasted into another application such as a word processor refer to Section 7 5 1 Copying and Pasting Measurement Results Into Another Application e Data can be saved to a text file and then opened by or imported into another application refer to Section 7 5 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files 7 5 1 Copying and Pasting Measurement Results Into Another Application Measurement results displayed in any tab can be copied to the clipb
146. Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 30 Running Cuvette Applications 2 When Place Cuvette appears in Action insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder with the clear sides facing the left and right sides of the instrument The blank measurement begins automatically once the cuvette is loaded Note For all types of measurements except kinetic the cuvette must be placed in the holder within 20 seconds after Place Cuvette appears Time left displays the time remaining to insert the cuvette If the 20 seconds expires before the cuvette is inserted in the cuvette holder the error Bright measurement not valid any longer appears Choose Read Blank to perform a new lamp stabilization Note The cuvette holder door does not need to be closed during the measurement Refer to the instrument user manual for more details on inserting cuvettes into the cuvette holder Note Choose Stop Measurement to cancel a blank measurement in progress 3 When the blank measurement is complete remove the cuvette The blank value obtained will be automatically subtracted from following cuvette measurements Note Blank Active is displayed onscreen when a blank measurement is being used in the calculation of measurement results 4 To perform measurements on cuvette samples and save the measurement results follow steps 2 8 in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette A
147. a esea 8 47 Figure 9 1 Multitest assay definition sssseseesessesessesseseessesetsesstsessesersteseesesseseesesseseesesseesessesee 9 2 Figure 9 2 Multitest assay with tests selected and sample IDs assigned esceeceeeeeteeteeees 9 4 Figure 9 3 Opening a sample ID text fle scissssaiccaassascaaviaroeamasciaatadecva niente tedaniacecannaniens 9 5 Pag 9 A Pl t LAyOU sicxituasecevvenssenicaavacuasiasinced aeS E E a Ta A Era iea 9 7 Figure 9 5 Print Multitest layout icssscoscasttensaxttsassnsttaccennvedcesadeiadeasuasdacvaesseesessessaiciaceeaionteatanies 9 8 Figure 9 6 Message Delete current Layout esessssssssssseesesstseesessessestestssesetsesseseesesseesessesee 9 9 Figure 9 7 Plate selection aac aiceaczaecacestcacag Gacauencess wraxGuscavaacessnceactan eisicesenceaaeecanmnaivenexeepnidneneerane 9 10 Figure 10 1 Quantitation Module Test Definition General tab 0 00 0 eeceeceeseeereeeeeeteeneeeeee 10 4 Figure 10 2 Quantitation Module Test Definition configuring sample format 10 6 Figure 10 3 Define Layout microplate soccsccsnscssicanastescnsasascuandeaveueaceaincestssalespasaicdoedsbouaansadncanys 10 8 Figure 10 4 Define Layout Plate Layout tab microplate s sssssssssesssesersessesersesssssse 10 10 Figure 10 5 Define Layout Plate Layout tab cuvette 0 eee eceeeseeeeeeeeeceseeneeeaeeeneeenees 10 10 Figure 10 6 Define Layout Factor microplate is cccssc
148. a simplified type of Print Figure 7 41 A s Printer SAGIANNOTES HP Lasewet 4000 SPCLE x Test Quick Mode Test 2 C Test3 Test 4 Test 5 C Test 6 Single Test Options Fonts Arial ee Copies fi x Size fio x cot Figure 7 39 Print chosen from Setup menu 2 In Printer select the desired printer to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font text Size and number of Copies Note If printing from the simplified Print Figure 7 41 in Options select the desired Font and text Size A single copy is printed automatically Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software Note Inrange selecting All Tests or Single Test produces the same printout for Quick measurements ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 54 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 4 Choose OK Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory 7 4 1 1 Viewing General Measurement Results Printouts Printouts generated from OD Transmission Reduced Data and Status display measurement results and information in a ma
149. able 4 3 Functions 2 Adjustment Options Adjustment Operation z Checks the deuterium and halogen lamps and Adjust Lamp calibrates lamp output and gain values Displays status in Information O Calibrates the plate and optics transports l Displays the calibration values in Information 4 3 2 Manually Shaking Microplates Shaking permits microplates loaded in the instrument to be shaken outside of a measurement To perform a shaking operation 1 In Mode select the desired shaking intensity Low Medium or High 2 In Time enter the length of time to perform the shaking operation 3 Choose Shaking to shake for the specified Mode and Time Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Sontrolling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 4 Quick Access to Frequently Performed Operations Several frequently performed operations can be accessed quickly from the ADAP software menus and toolbar e Set Temperature refer to Section 4 4 1 Setting Instrument Temperature e Eject Plate refer to Section 4 4 2 Ejecting Plates e Load Plate refer to Section 4 4 3 Loading Plates Initialize Instrument refer to Section 4 4 4 Initializing the Instrument 4 4 1 Setting Instrument Temperature The Zenyth 200 is capable of performing temperature controlled incubations of microplates Refer to the user s manual for Zenyth 200 for more information To set the temperature 1 From the Reading menu cho
150. abtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 57 7 4 2 2 Viewing Kinetic Raw Data Printouts Kinetic measurement raw data printouts display measurement results from all cycles sequentially for each well or cuvette sample Figure 7 43 Figure 7 43 Kinetic raw data printout with three cycles excerpt Note Wells are labeled in Row Column format For example A2 represents the well in the first row of the second column 7 4 2 3 Viewing Linear Scan Raw Data Printouts Linear scan raw data printouts display the 25 measurement points in a column for each well Figure 7 44 Note Wells are labeled in Row Column format For example A2 represents the well in the first row of the second column on the plate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 58 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 4 2 4 Viewing Area Scan Raw Data Printouts Area scan raw data printouts display the measurement points for each well in a matrix that represents the layout of the measurement points Figure 7 43 Well A1 52 270 58 010 48 080 56 970 61 700 85 110 56 620 84 350 85 140 65 550 85 200 83 980 63 420 87 150 86 320 57 320 86 240 80 600 58 780 59 170 82 340 48 200 59 660 52 160 Well A2 o Oo 52 630 61 110 54 570 57 960 60 240 62 040 84 910 88 340 55 020 84 450 86 850 87 660 Figure 7 45 Area scan raw data printout excerpt Note Wells are labeled in Row Column format For exampl
151. aching a set increase decrease amount from the first OD measurement In Decrease Maximum Declining Slope Determines the maximum declining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Maximum Inclining Slope Determines the maximum inclining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Maximum Slope Maximum slope of the curve in OD min The line with the highest slope is calculated Also the maximum reaction speed Note The accuracy of this calculation depends on the number of measurement cycles selected Smoothing Points Mean Determines the mean value per sample within a sequence of measurements N A Time Peak Value Used to detect the time elapsed until the peak value is reached Smoothing Points Peak Value Used to detect the highest value per sample within a sequence of measurements Smoothing Points ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 27 8 28 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 7 Configuring Scan Measurements Linear and area scan measurements may be performed on microplate samples A scan measurement makes a series of measurements at defined points within a well Three types of scan measurements may be config
152. adadenda dae aneaeend 12 21 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications ov sa 6060vee iw ce oar ewe dee ar eaue ees 12 23 12 3 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples 00000000 eee 12 29 12 4 Viewing Cuvette Application Measurement Results 4 12 31 12 4 1 Viewing Cell Counting Measurement Results 12 32 12 4 1 1 Viewing the Result List For the Cell Counting Cuvette Application o0 cba cate dend coe decadoean de 12 32 12 4 2 Viewing DNA Concentration and Purity Measurement Results 12 33 12 4 2 1 Viewing the Result List For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application 12 34 12 4 2 2 Viewing Curve Info For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application 12 35 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results 12 36 12 4 3 1 Viewing the Result List For DNA and RNA Oligo Cuvette Applications 0 as csdeaccanctascsanesdas 12 37 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results aaasided Poe o 0e eae Soa eee exes 12 38 12 4 4 1 Viewing the Result List For dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Cuvette Applications 12 39 12 4 5 Viewing UV Quantitation Protein Measurement Results 12 40 12 4 5 1 Viewing the Result List For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application 0000 12 41 12 4 5 2 Viewing Curve Info For the UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application
153. al 11 14 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 11 Viewing Evaluation Summary Results Result List Figure 11 11 displays a summary of test evaluation data including standard curve results cutoff groups replicate rejection and test validation formula summaries and individual well data Figure 11 11 Note Use the scroll bar to view all information displayed in Result List Note This Result List contains different data than the Result List for individual sample IDs refer to Section 11 3 1 3 Viewing Printing and Copying Individual Sample ID Information ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para 101 x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help sgg asuu w e B Elisa Mee PE T E L Zenyth 200 5Nr01020 7 Calculate 0D Mean Concentrat Results Plate Layout Sample ID Cy Factor Graphic Info Calculation 20030107 8 Axis X Y lin lin Interpretation OD Validation Replicate Rejection Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 11 Measurement results Result List Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 15 11 3 Viewing Multitest Measurement Results After a Multitest measurement is completed all applicable measurement results are displayed for each test performed Measurement results are displayed one test at a time Figure 11 12 Note Sample IDs assigned during the Multitest configuration are displayed in the Sample ID tab ref
154. alue from the analyte measurement value for each well OR If Background correction is chosen choose High Note Select High when background noise is high and variable across the entire plate for example when performing measurements in the low UV range on samples on a plastic microplate High background correction subtracts the buffer measurement value of a well from the analyte measurement value for the same well 4 Choose Edit Define Layout to configure sample options refer to Section 10 2 1 2 Configuring Sample Options 10 2 1 2 Configuring Sample Options Microplate and cuvette parameters are configured in Define Layout which is divided into four sections e Options Configures sample format parameters including plate type strip use filling direction replicates and well labeling format refer to Section 10 2 1 2 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters Note Options is only available when configuring tests that are performed on microplate samples e Control Position Configures the type and label numbering applied to samples measured during the test refer to Section 10 2 1 2 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels e Plate Layout Defines the location of standard control blank and sample wells on the plate With cuvettes defines the label of each cuvette measured refer to Section 10 2 1 2 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout e Factor Configures multiplication factors for
155. amples and save the measurement results refer to Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 3 6 1 1 Configuration Options for Microplates For Quick measurements performed on microplate samples Quick Read provides options to configure Figure 6 1 e Load Plate amp Eject Plate Loads and unloads microplates into the Zenyth 200 e Plate Type Chooses the type of microplate used in the Quick measurement e Measurement Position Permits the user to select which wells on a microplate are read in a Quick measurement e Measurement Mode Selects the type of Quick measurement performed and configures measurement options e Shaking Shakes microplates at a user selected Intensity and period of Time Shaking occurs at the beginning of a Quick measurement or immediately when Shake Now is selected x Load Plate amp Eject Plate x Load Plate Eject Plate Loads and unloads the microplate into the Zenyth 200 Fama Microplate z Sample Format Plate Type STANDARD Choose microplate and configure Plate Type and wells to measure Measurement Position j Iv Set Sample Measurement Mode Endpoint Photometric z Measurement Mode Choose the type of Quick measurement to perform and configure measurement specific Wavelength opion Reference Wavelength Shaking Shaking v Shake now
156. an be calculated The actual area calculated can be modified by dragging the start and or endpoint of the straight line that indicates the bottom border of the area calculated Note The ability to calculate the area under a curve is disabled when the graph view is zoomed in or out refer to Section 7 3 6 3 Changing the Graph View by Zooming To calculate the area under a curve 1 In Select Line choose the desired curve Note If desired select an individual curve to view in Graph refer to Section 7 3 6 1 Viewing Individual Curves 2 From the Options menu choose Calculate Area under Curve A blue straight line with endpoints appears Figure 7 31 The calculated area under the curve is displayed in Actual Values is Graph d 10 x Fie Edit Options Select Line Actual Values 347 00 7 0 70 Curve Value 0 000 Area under Curve 4 404 LE a me shading does not appear in the ADAP software Figure 7 31 Graph calculating the area under a curve To move the endpoints of the straight line and recalculate the area under a curve Click on an endpoint and drag it to a new location on the curve The area under the curve is automatically recalculated based on the new position of the straight line To turn off Calculate Area under Curve From the Options menu deselect Calculate Area under Curve ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 44 Viewing Quick Measurement Results
157. andards and controls are evaluated using quantitative or qualitative methods For each type of standard or control select the evaluation method Quantitative or Qualitative Note In Options standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard K for control QC for quality control PC for positive control and NC for negative control 8 2 6 Configuring Kinetic Photometric Measurements A kinetic photometric measurement performs a specified number of measurements for each selected well on a microplate The final result of a kinetic measurement is produced by a specified data reduction method Kinetic is divided into two sections e Kinetic Measurement Configures the basic parameters of a kinetic Measurement refer to Section 8 2 6 1 Configuring a Kinetic Measurement e Parameter Selects and configures the data reduction method refer to Section 8 2 6 2 Configuring Data Reduction Parameters To configure a kinetic photometric measurement Select the Kinetic tab Figure 8 11 Note Additional configuration options in Parameter are enabled only as needed by the Data Reduction method chosen E b File Layout l x General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Cycles Interval Temperature C Kinetic Measurement Kinetic Measurement J YES Parameter Data Reduction Lower Limit Upper Limit Smoothing Points In Decrease mOD
158. apter 2 User Login and System Administration To print a test definition 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Quantitation only tests defined in the Quantitation module will be available to print 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR pay Choose Create Edit Calculation The ELISA module test definition NEG configuration appears Figure 8 24 ADAP b File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Test Name Shaking IT Yes Low E z Medium Edit Define Layout High Instrument Measurement Filter Reference Filter Measurement Filter lt gt Me nm Zenyth200 SNr 01001 m Reference Filter lt gt Data Transfer Mode Plate hd Parameter YI MS V2 VE V3 Vi V4 V8 nm Lot Dependent Concentration O Yes No 5 O Yes Check Variables No Figure 8 24 ELISA module test definition configuration Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ling and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 47 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved test definitions Figure 8 25 4 items update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 8 25 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to be printed and choose OK The ch
159. asonable time What constitutes a reasonable time and a reasonable service shall be determined solely by the Company A complete list of such components and accessories is maintained at the factory b The Company makes no warranty with respect to components or accessories not manufactured by it In the event of defect in any such component or accessory the Company will give reasonable assistance to Purchaser in obtaining from the manufacturer s own warranty c Any product claimed to be defective must if required by the Company be returned to the factory transportation charges prepaid and will be returned to Purchaser with transportation charges collect unless the product is found to be defective in which case the product must be properly decontaminated of any chemical biological or radioactive hazardous material d The Company shall be released from all obligations under all warranties either expressed or implied if any product covered hereby is repaired or modified by persons other than its own authorized service personnel unless such repair by others is made with the written consent of the Company e Ifthe product is a reagent or the like it is warranted only to conform to the quantity and content and for the period but not in excess of one year stated on the label at the time of delivery It is expressly agreed that the above warranty shall be in lieu of all warranties of fitness and of the warranty of merchantability and
160. asurements Level 2 users are allowed to create edit and delete test definitions and configure some system and instrument parameters e Level 3 system administrator These users have the same privileges as Level 1 and Level 2 users and may also add and delete Level 1 and Level 2 users edit existing user information for Level 1 and Level 2 users and provide user passwords They may add Level 3 users but may not edit or delete Level 3 accounts after they are created Note Test and Multitest measurements are available only in the ADAP Prisma software User administration includes e Accepting the role of system administrator the first time the software is run refer to Section 2 2 Accepting the Role of System Administrator the First Time the ADAP Software is Run e Logging into the ADAP software refer to Section 2 3 Logging Into the ADAP Software e Changing a password refer to Section 2 4 Changing a Password e Adding and deleting users as well as editing user information refer to Section 2 5 Adding Editing and Deleting Users e Viewing the user log refer to Section 2 6 Viewing the User Log Table ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 2 2 User Login and System Administration 2 2 Accepting the Role of System Administrator the First Time the ADAP Software is Run The first time the software is run the person logging in must accept the role of system administrator L
161. at PDF documents To print curve properties 1 In the File menu choose Print Print appears Figure 7 27 A s Printer WSAGIANRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 Options Fonts Arial Size 10 S Cea Figure 7 27 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print curve properties Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 38 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 3 Changing the Graph View by Zooming Graph provides two methods of zooming to change the graph view e Zooming in and out by fixed percentages refer to Section 7 3 6 3 1 Zooming by Fixed Percentages Zooming in by dragging over the desired region refer to Section 7 3 6 3 2 Zooming by Dragging Over the Desired Region 7 3 6 3 1 Zooming by Fixed Percentages The graph view may be changed by zooming in and out at fixed increments between 50 and 200 Note The ability
162. atchcode provides wildcard operators and which simplify searching by allowing users to search for a set of possible characters in the filename see Table 7 1 Note A valid licence code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to view test definitions located by Matchcode Refer to Chapter 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module and Chapter 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module for more information about test definitions To search for measurement results by plate ID 1 From Selection choose Matchcode Plate ID appears Figure 7 4 Plate ID Input Plate ID OK Figure 7 4 Plate ID ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 6 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 2 In Input Plate ID enter a plate ID or test definition name Note Input Plate ID also refers to saved measurement results for cuvette samples and test definition names Table 7 1 Matchcode wildcard operators Wildcard Pattern Result a Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a in the ID or name Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the beginning of the ID or name a Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with an a at the end of the ID or name alph Lists all plate IDs or test definition names with alph followed by an additional character For example alpha or alphb 3 Choose OK Plate IDs or test definition names that match th
163. ate Layout Displays the layout of the plate as defined in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 6 Viewing Plate Layout e Sample ID In Multitest assays displays the sample identification number for each well refer to Section 11 3 1 Viewing Sample IDs For Multitest Assays e CV Displays the coefficient of variation of the mean values of a replicate group refer to Section 11 2 7 Viewing CV Results e Factor Displays multiplication factors for each well as defined in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 8 Viewing Factor e Standard Curves Displays the standard curve of the measurement if quantitative parameters are configured in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 9 Viewing Standard Curves e Test Status Displays a summary of all steps in a test definition indicating if each step was performed correctly or if there was an error refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Evaluation Summary Displays a summary of test evaluation data refer to Section 11 2 11 Viewing Evaluation Summary Results Note In any measurement result screen that displays the results in plate layout format double click on a well position to see a summary of measurement results for the well ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 4 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 1 Viewing Mean Results Data Mean displays the mean value of each replicate
164. ating that the plate data exists Figure 11 1 Choose Yes to overwrite the existing plate data with the recalculated plate data No to enter a new plate ID and save the recalculated plate data as a separate plate or Cancel to cancel any changes and return to the original measurement results of the test ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 26 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 4 3 Restoring Wells Rejected in Prior Calculations Raw data from wells rejected as outliers is not included in recalculated measurements However this raw data has not been deleted from the database and may be restored in future calculations if desired To restore a rejected well 1 In any measurement results tab that displays well data in plate format click the well to restore Note Wells can be restored in any test measurement tab that displays well data in plate format To easily find out which wells have been rejected view the Plate Layout or Sample ID display 2 From the Options menu choose Restore Well OR Right click the well to restore and choose Restore Well The selected well is labeled Restored Note To restore multiple wells simultaneously click and drag over the wells to restore and choose Restore Well as described in step 2 above 3 When all wells to be restored have been marked as such on the toolbar choose Calculate Message appears Figure 11 20 4 Choose Yes to recalculate the test measurements OR
165. ation Formula 7 12 to toggle back and forth between formulas 1 6 and 7 12 Note When validation formulas 7 12 are displayed Validation Formula 7 12 is named Validation Formula 1 6 8 2 8 2 1 Test Validation Examples Table 8 4 illustrates several practical applications using test validation formulas All examples use the OD measurement data as the Base for the evaluation of formulas Table 8 4 Example test validation formulas Application Test Validation Formula The test is valid only if the mean absorption value of the positive control PC2 lt 0 8 wells PC2 is less than or equal to 0 8 OD The test is valid only if both controls are within the linear range of the photometer KISTEN ITEA Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH efining and Running Tests Inthe ELISA Module 8 35 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators Replicate elimination and validation conditions may include any of the logical or mathematical operators defined in Table 8 5 Table 8 5 Logical and mathematical operators Operator Definition AND True if all conditions are fulfilled OR True if one of more of the conditions are fulfilled NOT True if the condition is not fulfilled True if exactly one of the conditions BOS is fulfilled ABS Absolute value POW Raises a number to the power of an exponent SQR Returns the square root of a number L Returns the natural logarithm of a number
166. ation Module 10 17 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate before performing the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Medium or High Under Set Measurement Parameter in Wavelength choose the number of wavelengths to measure A field for each wavelength appears Figure 10 8 Under Set Measurement Parameter enter the desired wavelength for each measurement If configuring a cuvette measurement under Set Measurement Parameter select Transmission to perform a transmission measurement if desired In Variable enter numeric values for up to eight variables that can be used in any formula defined in the test definition Note Variables are typically used with test kits that have cutoff values or standard correction values based on lot number Under Set Measurement Parameter in X enter a transformation formula if desired Note The formula may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants as well as mathematical operators ABS SQR L F X and V refer to Section 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators Standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard PC for positive control and NC for negative control If desired
167. available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for multiwavelength measurements and the selected sample format Figure 10 8 w Quantitation Module Test Definition File 15 x General Quantitation Applications r Assay r Shaking I Yes Variable 1 V1 Time 5 F Low Jao Medium High Variable 2 V2 j 0 0 Variable Name Multiwavelenath_O1 Method Plates Variable 3 v3 ee Variable 4 v4 eo Set Measurement Parameter Cuvette e x Plates Kinetic 405 J Background correction aLi Endpoint Wavelength O Spectrum Edit Define Layout Temperature Set Temperature Ambient 45 C WL2 450 WL 640 WL4 670 WLS 720 WLG 900 X gt Variable 5 v5 fo 0 Variable 6 V6 cee Variable 7 v7 pem Variable 8 v8 we Figure 10 8 Configuring a multiwavelength photometric test microplate 4 In Temperature if desired enter an incubation temperature for the test Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 10 11 12 13 14 ad Running Tests In the Quantit
168. ay be imported to and exported from the ADAP Basic software however upgrading to the ADAP Prisma software is required to create read or modify test definitions Import to Database imports test definition files dwr created by the Zenyth 200st standalone software into the ADAP software database refer to Section 5 4 1 Importing Test Definitions to the Test Database e Export from Database exports test definitions stored in the ADAP software database to individual test definition files dwr that can be read by the Zenyth 200st standalone software refer to Section 5 4 2 Exporting Test Definitions from the Test Database Note Use a local area network floppy disk or Microsoft ActiveSync to transfer test definition files dwr between the Zenyth 200st and computer refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows File Firmware Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Firmware Firmware EEPROM Data EEPROM Data Stand Alone Software Stand Alone Software m Test Plate Data Transfer Instrument gt PC PC gt Instrument Test Definition File Test Definition File Evaluated Plates File Evaluated Plates File Eval Plates Text File Eval Plates Text File Plate Definition Edit Plate Definition Plate Definition m Import Export Test Files Import export test files Import to Database Export from Database
169. bered in ascending order column by column e Horizontal Replicate labels are numbered in ascending order row by row Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 9 4 In Well Labels select the format of the well labels e A1 A2 B1 B2 Labels rows by letter columns by number e 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 Labels rows and columns by number 10 2 1 2 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels The options in Control Position work in conjunction with Plate Layout to configure well or cuvette types label numbers and locations of samples Standards controls and blanks are configured using Control Position then placed on the plate or assigned to specific cuvettes using Plate Layout Note Refer to Section 10 2 1 2 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout for information about defining the actual location of wells on the plate To configure well or cuvette types and label numbers 1 In Type select the type of wells or cuvettes to configure e Standard A well or cuvette with a known concentration used to develop or correct a standard curve e Positive Control A control well or cuvette in which a known amount of a target reagent is used to generate a signal that verifies positive results measured in sample wells e Negative Control A control well or cuvette in which the lack of a target reagent produces very little or no signal which verifies negative re
170. ceeceeeeeessecsaeenaes 7 35 BRUT 7 20 SAVE AS is exag ssycewase ee cues EAA TEE nv mae deme 7 36 Figure 7 27 PON acces ces sdr niinen ne rene ae ne Tenersi na at AEEA AAE EaP Orra E Eear eur OERE Eina arant iaae 7 37 Figure 7 28 Selecting a zoom region sccaades reais capac desvensessasddueadadinausdeanncduiduannenestaedousaccumbeding 7 39 Pisce 7 29 Save As Cale CAN scireions narisee iiaea R EER i 7 41 Figure 7 30 Opening a saved Cale Container vss saseces satetierasadsedsnvnsesesiaccsieacdass Minexstoteacsioasoncanes 7 42 Figure 7 31 Graph calculating the area under a CULVE cceseeeeceseeneeesceeeeesecesecaeeaeeeneeeeees 7 43 Pig rte 7 32 IN seser E E seg eG 7 44 Figure 7 33 Raw Data for an area scan measurement of Well AJ ee eeeeeceteeeeereeeeeeeeeeeees 7 46 Figure 7 34 Measurement results area scan transmission profiles ceceseeseeseereeeeees 7 47 Figure 7 35 Transmission profile detail ass ciscsssisaccaavssacesaysancesavsavesanassancanssianecaenrsenussaancaaniceneans 7 47 PS 7 36 VIEWS D secchavavasedosyintasenvawnaassetvadncucspu E EEE NE EEEE Ta A EAEN E iE 7 49 Figure 7 37 Saving an transmission profile ccccccccesccecessceceseceeceeeeeeseecaeceseeeeeeesseecsaeenaes 7 50 Figure 7 38 Loading a transmission profile sc ssi0ecccasssdeaxsdenitaseavenddacesmanaionntansauniacsweaniaresnianens 7 51 Figure 7 39 Print chosen from Setup menu ssssesesssssssesssssrsestsesstseestsseeessseseestssesteses
171. control position Note With cuvette samples the transformation formula is applied to all cuvettes measured in the test 4 In Units enter the units of measure to be displayed in the Test measurement results Note Units are used for documentation purposes only and do not impact the standard curve Units appears in Transform in the test measurement results window refer to Section 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 20 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations Qualitative configures qualitative evaluations that classify measured samples according to defined cutoff values Up to five groups of samples may be classified using cutoff formulas Qualitative is divided into three sections e Groups Defines sample group names and cutoff formulas refer to Section 8 2 4 1 Configuring Groups and Cutoff Formulas e Factor Sets a multiplication factor that enables the measurement value to be scaled to the desired unit refer to Section 8 2 4 2 Configuring the Factor e Transformation Configures a transformation formula to apply to raw data refer to Section 8 2 4 3 Configuring a Transformation Formula To configure qualitative evaluation options Select the Qualitative tab Figure 8 9 To nh File Layout l x General Quantitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Group
172. copy 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR vey Choose Create Edit Calculation The Eliza module test definition NEG configuration appears Figure 8 19 ADAP bo File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Test Name Shaking IT Yes Low Medium Edit Define Layout High Instrument Measurement Filter Reference Filter Measurement Filter lt gt Ne nm Zenyth200 SNr 01001 z Reference Filter lt gt nm Data Transfer Mode Plate Parameter V1 V5 V2 VE V3 Vi V4 V8 Lot Dependent Concentration Check Veviats O Yes eck Variables 6 Yes No No Figure 8 19 ELISA module test definition configuration Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ling and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 43 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved tests Figure 8 20 update ist Delete Matchcode Figure 8 20 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to copy and choose OK The chosen test definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 In Test Name enter a new name for the test Figure 8 19 Note Test names are limited to 20 characters in length 6 From the File menu choose
173. ction Select sample to read Press lt READ gt to begin measurement process Time left Samples to read Samples read 7 7 ERO T EE DE Reread Actual Value Read Blank STOP Measurement Yd Figure 6 15 Cuvette Reading Select sample to read ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 26 Performing Quick Measurements 3 Choose Read to start the measurement Before inserting the cuvette into the cuvette holder allow the instrument to initialize and stabilize the light output of the lamp Figure 6 16 Place Cuvette appears in Action when the cuvette may be loaded Note To perform a blank measurement before reading cuvette samples refer to Section 6 4 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples Note Time left displays the time remaining until lamp stabilization is complete Lamp stabilization may take up to 60 seconds After 10 minutes of inactivity the Zenyth 200 automatically turns the lamp off The next cuvette measurement performed will require the maximum 60 second lamp stabilization time Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Cuvette Reading File Option Action Lamp stabilization time Please wait Timelet 00 00 53 Samples to read Samples read Actual Value dee dag Figure 6 16 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization Performing Quick Measurements 6 27 4 When Place Cuvette appears in Action insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder with the clear sides facing the left and righ
174. cuvette application 0 cccceeseesteeeteee 12 15 Figure 12 9 UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application cceeeeseesseceteceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeees 12 17 Figure 12 10 RNA Oligo Concentration cuvette application 0 cee ceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 19 Figure 12 11 RNA Pure RNA Concentration cuvette application ccceeseeseeseeeteees 12 21 Fig re 12 12 Applications aD snenie ineine nigeeee E 12 23 Figure 12 13 Cuvette Reading Select sample to read oo cee eee ceseeeceeeceeteeceeceseeseeeeeseeens 12 24 Figure 12 14 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization c ccc ccceecceeeeeenseeeeeceeeeeeeeenseeeaeens 12 25 Figure 12 15 Cuvette Reading Place Cuvette sisexssascaarasiusaasvnarssoribuneueunseatennvesenndoeuasveunrs 12 26 Figure 12 16 Cuvette Reading endpoint results with Actual Value eeceseeseeseeneeees 12 27 Figure 12 17 Plate ID for a cuvette MCAS UTCINERL avisaizaasvnsciensnercasatvacteaaertaneimateonmacienadnsa 12 27 Figure 12 18 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization time 0 0 0 ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeneeneeees 12 29 Figure 12 19 Result List for the cell counting cuvette application ceeeceeeceeeteeeeeees 12 32 Figure 12 20 Result List for the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application 12 34 Figure 12 21 Curve Info for the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application 12 35 Figure 12 22 Result List for DNA and RNA oligo cuvette applicatio
175. d information about the curve including peak and valley data is also displayed refer to Section 7 3 5 4 Viewing Linear Scan Curve Info Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 27 7 3 5 1 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Raw Data Raw Data Scan displays values from the 25 measurement points across the center of each well Figure 7 19 Note Raw data values displayed are percentage transmission values not absorbency For example 0 000 refers to no transmission of light which in terms of OD is overflow 100 000 refers to 100 transmission which is 0 OD 10 000 equals 10 transmission which is 1 OD The currently displayed measurement point and total number of measurement points are shown to the right of Next Cycle To view results from a different measurement point Choose Previous Cycle to view the measurement results from the previous measurement point OR Choose Next Cycle to display results from the next measurement point To print Raw Data Scan measurement results for all cycles Choose Print Raw Data refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 5 gt Database Reading Setun Antiane End Windawme Hjelp Currently displayed rae So measurement point ps Number of measurement points 222 5N 01020 __ Calculate Scan Status Curve Info lt Previous Cycle Next Cycle gt Point 1 72
176. d or copied to another file Sample ID information that may be viewed includes sample ID test name well data results plate layout position plate number and validation status To view individual sample ID information m 1 Choose List Sample ID Selection appears Figure 11 15 nae 41 items a from 1172872002 to 1271272002 update ist Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 11 15 Selection sample IDs Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 19 2 Select the desired sample ID to view and choose OK Result List appears Figure 11 16 Note To select several sample IDs to display in Result List hold Ctrl while selecting sample IDs Note Choose Matchcode to search for specific sample IDs by characters in the sample ID name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database TATE 5 gt Close Print Clipboard Windows x Test Name Results Result Plate ID Validation 12 12 2002 20021212 9 3 781 OD 12 12 2002 20021212 8 Sample ID 1264 Test Name 12 12 2002 20021212 9 12 12 2002 20021212 8 3 311 0D 12 12 2002 20021212 3 0 055 OD 12 12 2002 20021212 8 Sample ID 1284 Test Name 0 884 OD 12 12 2002 2 113 0D 12 12 2002 12 12 2002 12 12 2002 Sample ID 1304 Test Name Results 4 Validation xl Figure 11 16 Sample ID information in Result List Note Ifa sample ID has been used
177. d wells or cuvette samples 3 In Control Position configure another well Type if desired and repeat refer to Section 8 2 1 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels in Control Position Note When all standards controls and blanks have been configured in Control Position choose Fill Plate With Samples to populate the remaining wells or cuvettes with samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 10 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 1 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples Factor allows entering multiplication factors for wells on the plate or cuvette samples Figure 8 5 Define Layout File Edit F Control Position Options Type Standard Plate Type Numbers Si CAG Strips Filing Direction veica Replicate No Direction fr Horizontal Well Labels fat A2 43 B1 82 x Figure 8 5 Define Layout Factor microplate To enter multiplication factors 1 Choose Factor 2 Select a well or cuvette and enter numerical value for the Factor Figure 8 5 Note Select multiple wells or cuvettes by clicking and dragging over the desired range When a new factor is entered for the first well or cuvette selected all selected wells or cuvettes are assigned the new factor 3 Repeat the previous step for all wells or cuvettes desired Note F can be entered in transformation formulas and refers to the individual multiplication factor for each we
178. dium or High If Shaking is enabled select when microplates are shaken Before Measurement The microplate is shaken for the selected time and intensity before the instrument reads the plate e Between Cycles The microplate is shaken for the selected time and intensity before the instrument reads the plate and in between each measurement cycle Under Set Measurement Parameter in Wavelength choose the measurement wavelength To perform a bichromatic measurement under Set Measurement Parameter in Reference enter the desired wavelength Under Set Measurement Parameter in Data Reduction choose a data reduction method Refer to Table 10 1 for more information about data reduction methods Note Depending on the data reduction method selected additional parameters such as smoothing points and in decrease may need to be configured in the field below Data Reduction Refer to Table 10 1 for the additional configuration requirements of each data reduction method If configuring a cuvette measurement under Set Measurement Parameter select Transmission to perform a transmission measurement if desired Under Set Measurement Parameter in X enter a transformation formula if desired Note The formula may contain any controls or standards defined in the test any numerical constants as well as mathematical operators ABS SQR L F X and V refer to Section 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical O
179. ds Description Additional Configuration Average Slope Determines the average slope of the reaction curve by calculating the average of all linear regressions calculated over each group of Smoothing Points in the Smoothing Points kinetic reading sequence A decreasing slope shows a decline Delta OD Difference between the first and last kinetic measurements in optical density OD MA Delta OD Max Slope Difference in OD between the first measurement and the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is Smoothing Points calculated by determining the center point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Delta Time Absolute Time elapsed from one preselected OD value to another Lower Limit Upper Limit Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Data Reduction Method Table 8 2 Data Reduction Methods Description ling and Running Tests In the ELISA Module Additional Delta Time Max Slope Time difference in seconds between the first measurement and the occurrence of the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is calculated by determining the center point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Configuration Smoothing Points Delta Time Relative Time elapsed in seconds from the first measurement to re
180. e A2 represents the well in the first row of the second column 7 4 2 5 Viewing Curve Info Printouts Curve Info printouts for multiwavelength spectral scan and linear scan measurement results present data in the same column format displayed when viewing Curve Info onscreen Note The ADAP Prisma software is required to print Curve Info other than OD and transmission results Peak Mean Peak Count valley Valley High Peak valley and slope data valley Low Valley Mean is available only with a valid Valley Count F ADAP Prisma license MaxSlope Increment MaxSlope Decrement Value Min Value Max Value Mean Value Area Y 0 Value Area Start to End Y Figure 7 46 Curve Info printout for a multiwavelength measurement ADAP Prisma excerpt Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 59 7 4 3 Printing Graphs Measurement result graphs can be printed from all Graphic tabs To print a graph 1 Choose Print Graph Print appears Figure 7 47 Note When Print Graph is chosen from a Graphic tab displaying the results for an individual sample graphs for all measured samples are printed A h Printer WSAGIANRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 Options Fonts Arial bd Size 10 S co Figure 7 47 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the information All printers that are properly installed and conf
181. e ADAP software is closed To view the log table From the Database menu choose View Log Table Log Table appears Figure 2 9 12 12 2002 2 24 37 PM 12 12 2002 2 29 21 PM 12 12 2002 3 21 23 PM 12 12 2002 3 37 40 PM 12 12 2002 3 37 54 PM 12 12 2002 3 43 26 PM 12 12 2002 3 43 55 PM 12 12 2002 3 51 59 PM 12 12 2002 3 52 10 PM 12 12 2002 3 52 54 PM 12 12 2002 3 53 16 PM 12 12 2002 3 54 56 PM 12 12 2002 3 55 13 PM 12 12 2002 3 55 20 PM 12 13 2002 8 31 45 AM 12 13 2002 9 51 40 4M 12 13 2002 9 52 57 AM 12 13 2002 10 55 43 4M 12 13 2002 11 02 03 4M 12 13 2002 3 14 00 PM 12 13 2002 3 52 47 PM 12 13 2002 4 44 21 PM 12 13 2002 4 44 26 PM 1221322002 4 47 02 PM Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Measure Simulator Measure Simulator Measure Simulator Unload Program LogOn Measure Simulator Plate stored 20027 Unload Program LogOn Measure Simulator Plate stored 2002 Unload Program LogOn Measure Simulator LogOn Measure Simulator Measure Simulator Unload Program LogOn LogOn Measure Simulator LogOn Measure Simulator Lnlnad Pranram Figure 2 9 Log Table Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Sunervisar 2 OJ L3 WOW WW WOW WW WWW WWW LJ LJ Www www User Login and Syste
182. e must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F 4 Choose Set Temperature to prepare the Zenyth 200 for incubation 5 To determine when the desired incubation temperature has been reached choose Read Temperature until the current temperature of the Zenyth 200 matches the desired incubation temperature Note The incubation temperature will remain at the current setting until Set Temperature is changed Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH guring the Instrument to Perform Measurements 3 5 3 3 Configuring System Settings System settings including data storage path raw data format and printout headers are configured in Setup System To configure system settings 1 From the Setup menu select System Setup System appears Figure 3 2 x Path Raw Data CE I Program Files Select raw data format amp Control Software of kinetic or scan readings XML S Database Language JV Access Write additional Text File English z None M Printout Line 1 2 The Laboratory The University Figure 3 2 Setup System 2 To create a new database in the lower Path field select the desired local or network drive Folders on the selected drive are displayed in the upper Path field 3 In the upper Path field browse to the desired location where t
183. e search query appear in Selection Note If Matchcode finds no matches to the search query choose update list to display the entire list of plate IDs or test definitions again Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 7 7 3 Viewing Quick Measurement Results Quick measurement results are displayed in a series of tabs in the ADAP software main window The tabs displayed vary for each measurement type Endpoint photometric Displays OD optical density and Status for absorbance measurements Transmission and Status for transmission measurements performed on cuvette samples refer to Section 7 3 1 Viewing Endpoint Photometric Measurement Results e Kinetic photometric Displays Reduced Data Status Raw Data and Kinetic Graph refer to Section 7 3 2 Viewing Kinetic Photometric Measurement Results e Multiwavelength Displays Raw Data Graphic Status and Curve Info refer to Section 7 3 3 Viewing Multiwavelength Photometric Measurement Results e Spectral scan Displays Graphic Status and Curve Info refer to Section 7 3 4 Viewing Spectral Scan Measurement Results e Linear scan Displays Raw Data Scan Scan Status and Curve Info refer to Section 7 3 5 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Results e Area scan Displays Raw Data Scan and Status refer to Section 7 3 7 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Results ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operat
184. e viewed in text form for any curve displayed in Graph Curve properties may also be e Copied to other applications refer to Section 7 3 6 2 1 Copying Curve Properties to Other Applications e Saved as text files refer to Section 7 3 6 2 2 Saving Curve Properties as Text Files e Printed refer to Section 7 3 6 2 3 Printing Curve Properties To view curve properties 1 In Select Line choose the desired curve 2 From the File menu choose Curve Properties Information appears Figure 7 25 File Valley Count MaxSlope Increment MaxSlope Decrement Average Slope Value Min Value Max Value Mean Value Area Y 0 Figure 7 25 Information curve properties To close Information From the File menu choose End ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 36 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 2 1 Copying Curve Properties to Other Applications Curve properties displayed in Information can be copied to the clipboard The properties can then be pasted into another application for storage or further analysis To copy curve properties 1 From the File menu choose Copy 2 Open or switch to the application where the curve properties will be pasted 3 Paste the curve properties into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have CTRL V assigned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut 7 3 6 2 2 Saving Curve Properties
185. e01020 Calculate OD Values Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 1 3 ADAP Prisma main window 1 3 1 Using the Help Menu Use the Help menu to access this user s manual as well as the user s manual for the instrument currently being controlled by the ADAP To view the user s manuals Acrobat Viewer must be installed on the computer Note The Acrobat Viewer installer is included on the ADAP installer CD It is not installed automatically when the ADAP is installed To install the Acrobat Viewer from the ADAP installation disc open Readme html choose the link to Acrobat Viewer and follow the onscreen instructions The Help menu also provides a link to the Anthos website To use this link a default web browser must be installed and configured on the computer ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual User Login and System Administration Overview The ADAP software has the ability to manage up to 50 different users Only authorized users are able to operate the system and are identified in the user activity log and on printed reports generated by the software A hierarchy with three different user levels is implemented e Level 1 These users can perform Quick Test and Multitest measurements However they may not create edit or delete test definitions or configure system and instrument parameters e Level 2 local administrator Along with performing Quick Test and Multitest me
186. ect all Invert Selection Deselect all Area Scan Measurement 7 6 12 24 48 96 Well Plate J Perform Area Scan measurement Points Height and width 6 hs Resolution 1 X Scan All Measurement 96 Well Plate D Perform Scan All measurement Figure 8 12 ELISA module test definition configuration Scan tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ling and Running Tests Inthe ELISA Module 8 29 8 2 7 1 Configuring a Normal Scan Measurement Normal Scan Measurement 96 Well Plate performs a linear scan of measurement points across the center of each well measured on a 96 well plate The number and location of measurement points are user defined To perform a Normal Scan Measurement 96 Well Plate 1 Select Perform normal Scan measurement 2 Select each measurement point to be scanned individually Note 25 measurement points are available and are labeled 12 to 12 with point 0 being the center of the well OR Choose a selection option e Select all automatically selects all 25 measurement points if desired e Deselect all deselects all measurement points if desired e Invert Selection selects the opposite set of measurement points from those currently selected Points selected prior to choosing Invert Selection are deselected ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 7 2 Configuring an Area Scan Measuremen
187. ed for further calculation Note In none the first value of the replicate group refers to the left most or uppermost replicate in the group Note With cuvette samples the mean calculation method is applied to all cuvettes measured in the test Note Test results display the mean value in the first replicate position based on filling direction Note Ifthe selected mean calculation does not correspond to the defined replicate order no mean calculation is performed refer to Section 8 2 1 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters 8 2 5 2 Configuring Print Options Print Options configures how test measurement results reports are formatted and which test measurement results they include 1 Select how the test results are formatted on the page Table Matrix or both 2 Select the measurement data to be printed as part of a test report after a test measurement is completed 8 2 5 3 Configuring Blank Subtraction Blank Subtraction configures where the mean value of blanks is applied Select how mean values are applied e Plate Across the entire plate e Row Only within the row containing the blanks e Column Only within the column containing the blanks Note With cuvette samples the mean value of blanks are applied to all samples measured Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH fining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 25 8 2 5 4 Configuring Evaluate Controls Evaluate Controls configures whether st
188. ed near the center of the tab Note For transmission measurements performed on cuvette samples Raw Data displays transmission results instead of optical density To view results from a different measurement wavelength Choose Previous Filter to view the results from the previous measured wavelength OR Choose Next Filter to display results from the next measured wavelength To print Raw Data measurement results for all wavelengths Choose Print Raw Data refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode 5 Database Reading tis Ootiees Ped titinda Help r Wavelength EEEE currently displayed lisa X Raw Data Graphic Status Curve Info lt Previous Filter Next Filter gt Wavelength 400 1 4 Print Raw Data Number of wave lengths yth 200 SNr 01020 Calculate measured Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 12 Measurement results multiwavelength Raw Data cuvette Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 19 7 3 3 2 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Graphs Graphic displays graphs of multiwavelength measurement results for all wells or cuvette samples Figure 7 13 The measurement wavelength is plotted on the x axis the OD or transmission values are plotted on the y axis To change the Graphic view e Use the scroll bars to view graphs for all samples if necessa
189. ed standard and consists only of the corresponding name for example S1 S2 or S3 Note For Response Formula values less than 1 enter a leading 0 before the decimal for example 0 51 Values entered without the leading O produce an error when the measurement is performed ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 16 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters Curve configures new standard curve parameters Note To use standard curve parameters from a saved test definition refer to Section 8 2 3 4 Opening a Stored Standard Curve 1 In Curve select the curve fit method Point to Point Linear Regression Cubic Spline or 4 Parameter Fit Note Refer to Section 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models for detailed information about curve fitting methods 2 In Axis X Y select the scale to use for the X and Y axes lin lin Linear Linear e lin log Linear Logarithmic e log log Logarithmic Logarithmic 3 In Extrapolation enter a percentage value to extrapolate the standard curve above and below the highest and lowest standard points in the curve if desired Note Extrapolation percentages can be used with Linear Regression Cubic Spline or 4 Parameter Fit curve fitting methods Note The percentage value entered in Extrapolation can be up to 99 9 4 In Units enter the units of measure to be displayed in the test measurement r
190. ement Results Printed as a hard copy or data file such as an Acrobat PDF refer to Section 7 4 Printing Quick Measurement Results Exported to another application such as a word processor or spreadsheet refer to Section 7 5 Exporting Quick Measurement Results to Other Applications ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 2 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 1 1 Viewing Measurement Results for Microplate Samples Measurement results for microplate samples are displayed in rows and columns that correspond to the layout of wells on the plate for example Figure 7 1 displays results for samples on a 96 well plate To easily identify specific samples rows and columns use the same well labels imprinted on the microplate ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode E ioj x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x sgg agau waa R Eia K PE T E L Zenytn 200 5N 01020 x Calculate Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 1 Measurement results for a 96 well microplate Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 7 1 2 Viewing Measurement Results for Cuvette Samples Measurement results for cuvette samples are displayed in columns one cuvette per column Measurement results for up to 50 cuvette samples may be displayed the maximum number of cuvette samples that can be read in a single Quick measurement Column labels correspond to the sample
191. en be pasted into another application such as a word processor ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para loj x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help x saa aayu mgr Bl Eisa Ree PE T E L 1 zenytn200 snr01020 Calculate OD Mean Concentrat Results Plate Layout SampleD Cv Factor il Info Calculation ResultList Status Curve Point to Point Reftesh Graph Anis AY lindlin Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 9 Standard curve displayed in measurement results Graphic tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 13 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information Info Calculation displays a summary of each step in the test definition and indicates if each step was successful or failed Figure 11 10 Results are displayed as OK or Error ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para lol x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x seg aau w e R g Me PE T E L 1 Zenytn 200 51010207 Calculate OD Mean Concentrat Results Plate Layout Sample ID Cv Factor Graphic Result List Status Calculating Replicates Calculating C Rejecting Replicate OD Rejecting Replicate Transforma Response Formula Curve Rejecting Replicate Concentrat Rejecting Replicate lt gt CutOff Formula Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 10 Measurement results Info Calculation ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manu
192. enter point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Smoothing Points Delta Time Relative Time elapsed in seconds from the first measurement to reaching a set increase decrease amount from the first OD measurement In Decrease Maximum Declining Slope Determines the maximum declining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Maximum Inclining Slope Determines the maximum inclining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Maximum Slope Maximum slope of the curve in OD min The line with the highest slope is calculated Also the maximum reaction speed Note The accuracy of this calculation depends on the number of measurement cycles selected Smoothing Points ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 16 Performing Quick Measurements Data Reduction Method Table 6 1 Data Reduction Methods Description Additional Mean Determines the mean value per sample within a sequence of measurements Configuration N A Time Peak Value Used to detect the time elapsed until the peak value is reached Smoothing Points Peak Value Used to detect the highest value per sample within a sequence of
193. ents can be performed on microplate and cuvette samples Configuring a quick measurement requires e Selecting the format microplate or cuvette refer to Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode e Configuring the measurement mode Endpoint photometric refer to Section 6 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Quick Measurement e Multiwavelength refer to Section 6 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Quick Measurement e Kinetic photometric refer to Section 6 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Quick Measurement e Spectral scan refer to Section 6 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Photometric Quick Measurement e Area scan refer to Section 6 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Quick Measurement Linear scan refer to Section 6 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Quick Measurement Note To perform Quick measurements on a standalone Zenyth 200st using the ADAP software put the instrument in Remote Control mode Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information about Remote Control mode ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 6 Performing Quick Measurements 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode Quick measurements can be configured to read microplate or cuvette samples The configuration options available change depending on which format is selected When Microplate is the selected Format Plate Type and Measurement Posi
194. er to Section 11 3 1 Viewing Sample IDs For Multitest Assays ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para iol x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 18 x seganu wea ra B Elisa Mee PE T E L 1 Zenytn 200 5Nr 01020 7 Calculate lt previous Test next Test gt Mean Concentrat Plate Layout SampleD Cv Factor Graphic Info Calculation ResultList Status Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 12 Multitest measurement results Note Refer to Section 7 3 Viewing Quick Measurement Results and Section 11 2 Viewing Test Measurement Results to learn more about the individual measurement result tabs To view results from another test on the plate Choose next Test to view the following test results OR Choose previous Test to view the preceding test results ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 16 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 3 1 Viewing Sample IDs For Multitest Assays In measurement results for Multitest assays Sample ID Figure 11 13 displays the sample IDs assigned when the Multitest assay was defined refer to Section 9 2 2 Assigning Sample IDs Existing sample IDs may be edited in Sample ID In measurement results for a single test sample IDs must be added after the test is performed they cannot be assigned in the test definition Sample IDs may be assigned manually or imported from a text txt file and can be saved and edited as desired
195. ervice code e Update the standalone software on a Zenyth 200st by transferring files via a local area network floppy disk or Microsoft ActiveSync refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ing Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 3 5 2 1 Uploading EEPROM Data from the Zenyth 200 to the Computer EEPROM data from the Zenyth 200 can be uploaded to the computer using the EEPROM Data function in Down Upload Note EEPROM data should only be uploaded to the computer by an Anthos service engineer Note Downloading updated EEPROM Data to the Zenyth 200 requires a valid service code To upload EEPROM data from the Zenyth 200 Note Before transferring data the Zenyth 200st must be placed in Remote Control mode Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information 1 From the Setup menu choose Instrument Instrument appears Figure 5 1 t Functions 1 Functions 2 Down Upload Filter Instrument Baudrate 38400 190 1000 nm Wavelangh bi COM Port Auto Sense Instrument Type Installed Plates Zenyth200 6WELL Read Configuration 12WELL Ae Serial Number 1001 BC_96_F Type 110 STANDARD TEST GRE384 Barcode ja m Temperature Firmware Version 1 0 03 01 2003 Read Temperature r Service Code Type Celsius Y OK
196. es e None Text files are not saved e Text File PLT Saves measurement results as a plt file with text formatting that can be read by the Zenyth 200st standalone software e Text File Structure TAB Saves measurement results in tab delimited columns that can be imported into many spreadsheet and database applications e Text File Structure Semicolon Saves measurement results in semicolon delimited columns that can be imported into many spreadsheet and database applications e Text File Matrix Saves measurement results in tab delimited matrices that can be imported into many spreadsheet and database applications Note Measurement data may be saved simultaneously in the ADAP software database and in text files Note Ifno Database options are selected manual options for saving data appear after each measurement If no save option is selected at this time the measurement data is not saved 7 In Language select whether to run the ADAP software in English or German 8 In Printout Line 1 2 enter the header text that will appear on all printouts of measurement results 9 Choose Save to save the new settings Setup System closes OR Choose Cancel to close Setup System without saving changes Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 4 1 Manually Controlling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 1 Overview The ADAP software provides two Functions tabs that permit manually controlling many ins
197. es gt e a profile 1 12 27 02 dex profile 2 12 27 02 dex profile 3 12 27 02 dex profile 4 12 27 02 dex profile 5 12 27 02 dex a profile 6 12 27 02 dex File name profile 7 12 29 02 Save as type Dex3D Files dex gt Cancel Z My Network Pe Figure 7 37 Saving an transmission profile Browse to directory where the file will be saved and choose a File name 2 Choose Save to save the file OR Choose Cancel to return to View3D without saving the image Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 51 7 3 7 2 4 Loading Transmission Profiles 3 D images of transmission profiles saved in Dex3D dex format can be loaded into the ADAP software for viewing View3D must be open to load a 3 D image To load a 3 D image of an transmission profile 1 From the File menu select Load Open appears Figure 7 38 Look in amp transmission profiles e eaea a profile 1 12 27 02 dex profile 2 12 27 02 dex profile 3 12 27 02 dex a profile 4 12 27 02 dex profile 5 12 27 02 dex profile 6 12 27 02 dex Files of type DexaD Files dex Cancel J Open as read only My Network P File name profile 5 12 27 02 dex x ZA Figure 7 38 Loading a transmission profile 2 Browse to directory where the desired image is saved and select it 3 Choose Open to load the image Note Selectin
198. es oiiaii en n a K EE A TEE E EENE 3 5 Figure 4 1 Instrument Functions 1 0 0 ccceecccsscessceescecsseceseeeeceeeseecaeceeceeeeeesaecsaeceeeseneeeneees 4 2 Figure 4 2 Information displaying instrument Status eeeeseeeeeseceseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaecnaeeneeees 4 4 Figure 4 3 Instrument Functions 2 csscasscesadascsenscateacen ance edsasteadonncseseascassaescaseaasseateagensesentanes 4 7 Page 4 4 Tempera tare ss j30 csacaaccdesanaeecaayndavnanissvociaes anciasonahevaadyaeeiassnntnedeapsganverentnasaniabucasntociawns 4 9 Fig r 5 1 GE IMCL saga ia unces sions eiepusveandawaed asia pteveanieiaudexais cnasiavosedsdlsoiassaoantuanoseaiemeonasdnontesslis 5 3 Figure 5 2 Instrument Down Upload ii ccssasscsssiascsanssaysseasincsnsessannavestnassauresuneaseiasssadisosavnevanives 5 4 Fig re5 3 Saving EEPROM Data cicccssiatensestateiessiseuneaeiaarneoneeaiines wan E 5 5 Figure 5 4 Information displaying uploaded EEPROM data 000 ccccecceeseeeseceteceeeeeeeeeeseeeaeens 5 5 Figure 5 5 Down Upload edit and transfer plate definition Options c eeeeseeteeneeeenee 5 7 BET 5 0 AVS AS su caer bes vaincacsveatcaes inaleahwioteian lvensatbanaunssaumeneoiaanannaamnanenuationndvaluiaesuanenase ianssuen 5 8 Figure 5 7 Opening a plate definition file occas ssseccaavesseiaayssnceatanssvinsadsincaans sauieosssinedeanaeectasneanewaas 5 9 Fig r 5 5 Plate Defin sia ccnicsutsanecastetnnsadeanca staves basnasmnnsgae E EE aA Ea AE ET E iae 5 10
199. esults Note Units are used for documentation purposes only and do not impact the standard curve Units appears in Transform in the test measurement results window refer to Section 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results 5 In Validate Curve choose Yes or No to validate the test based on an acceptable coefficient of correlation Note Validate Curve is only available with the Linear Regression curve fitting method 6 If Yes is selected in Validate Curve in Min Correlation enter the minimum correlation percentage value for the test to be valid Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Method Linear regression 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models 1ing and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 17 Table 8 1 describes the four curve fitting models supported by the ADAP software Table 8 1 Curve Fitting Models Description Construction of a straight line using the least squares method with the highest possible approximation to all standard points Requires a minimum of 2 standard points Example Linear Regression oD A Point to Point Direct connection of all standard points Requires a minimum of 2 standard points Point to Point Cubic Spline All standard points are connected by the best fitting curve Note Can only be used for nonlinear and nonsigmoid functions Requires a minimum of 3 standard points Cubic Spline 4 Parameter Fit
200. et De select all wells Populates or clears all wells on the microplate or all cuvette samples e Set De select actual row With microplates populates or clears all wells in the same row as the first well selected Figure 10 4 With cuvettes populates or clears all cuvette samples e Set De select actual column With microplates populates or clears all wells in the same column as the first well selected Figure 10 4 With cuvettes populates or clears only the first cuvette sample selected Set De select selected wells Populates or clears the selected wells or cuvette samples 3 In Control Position configure another well Type if desired and repeat refer to Section 10 2 1 2 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels Note When all standards controls and blanks have been configured in Control Position choose Fill Plate With Samples to populate the remaining wells or cuvettes with samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 12 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Mc 10 2 1 2 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples Factor allows entering multiplication factors for wells on the plate or cuvette samples Figure 10 6 Define Layout 7 File Edit F Control Position Options Type s tandard M Plate Type BC_96_F M 5l r Filing Direction Vertical z Replicate No Direction fi Horizontal X Fi late an Baul Well Labels Jat A2 43 1 B2 7 Fi
201. evel 3 and immediately change the default provided password Refer to Section 2 4 Changing a Password for information on changing a password Note More than one user may assume the role of a system administrator A system administrator Level 3 can e Add Level 1 Level 2 and Level 3 users e Delete Level 1 and Level 2 users Edit existing user information of Level 1 and Level 2 users e Provide user passwords for Level 1 Level 2 and new Level 3 users A system administrator Level 3 cannot e Delete other Level 3 users e Edit existing user information of other Level 3 users Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH User Login and System Administration 2 3 2 3 Logging into the ADAP Software Authorized users must log in with their individual user name and password each time the ADAP software is started Note After seven minutes of inactivity users are automatically logged out and must log in again to continue using the software The first time a user logs in the default user name and password in Table 2 1 must be used according to the user level After logging in with a default user name and password the password should be changed refer to Section 2 4 Changing a Password Table 2 1 Default User Names and Passwords User Name Password User Level sadmin sadmin System administrator user level 3 admin admin Local administrator user level 2 user user User level 1 To log into the ADA
202. ew tests refer to Section 8 2 Defining New Tests In the ELISA Module Save new tests refer to Section 8 3 Saving Test Definitions Run existing tests refer to Section 8 4 Running Existing Tests Edit copy or delete test definitions refer to Section 8 5 Editing Copying and Deleting Tests Print test definition parameters refer to Section 8 6 Printing Test Definitions Note Tests may be performed by all authorized users however tests may only be defined edited and deleted by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 2 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters Test protocols may be defined in either the ELISA or Quantitation module While some functionality is common to both modules test definition parameters should be configured using the module that best meets the requirements of the test Choose the ELISA module to define tests that Perform qualitative evaluations using cutoff formulas refer to Section 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations Use replicate rejection and or validation formulas to determine the final measurement value refer to Section 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas Can be run in multitest assays refer to Chapter 9 Def
203. factor to enable the measurement value to be scaled to the desired unit ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 22 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 4 3 Configuring a Transformation Formula Transformation configures transformation formulas which depending on measurement type are used to transform measurement or reduced data X based on an algebraic formula X Note X must be included in a transformation formula To configure a transformation formula 1 Select Yes or No to indicate whether a transformation formula will be used 2 If Yes is selected in X enter the transformation formula Note The formula may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants as well as mathematical operators ABS SQR L F X and V refer to Section 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators Standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard K for control QC for quality control PC for positive control and NC for negative control Select Plate Row or Column to define how the transformation formula is applied to the wells on the plate e Plate applies the transformation formula to all wells on the plate e Row applies the transformation formula to all wells in a row with a defined control position e Column applies the transformation formula to all wells in a column with a defined control position
204. g Open as read only prevents the 3 D image from being modified while the file is open OR Choose Cancel to return to View3D without opening the image ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 52 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 4 Printing Quick Measurement Results For record keeping purposes the ADAP software has the ability to print Quick measurement results and information The printing procedure varies depending on which measurement results or information tab is being printed To print e OD Transmission Reduced Data and Status From the Setup menu or toolbar choose Print refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results e Raw Data and Curve Info Depending on the button available within the tab choose Print Raw Data or Print refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve Info e Graphs In the tab itself choose Print Graph to print graphs for all measured wells or cuvette samples refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 53 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results General measurement results and information from OD Transmission or Reduced Data are combined with Status into a single printout To print results and information 1 From the Setup menu choose Print Print appears Figure 7 39 OR Choose Print Print appears Figure 7 41 Note Choosing Print from the toolbar opens
205. gt nm Data Transfer Mode Plate Parameter V1 V5 V2 VE V3 Vi V4 V8 Lot Dependent Concentration Check Veviats O Yes eck Variables 6 Yes No No Figure 8 21 ELISA module test definition configuration Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Jefining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 45 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved tests Figure 8 22 update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 8 22 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test definition s to delete Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Note To select multiple test definitions hold Ctrl while selecting each test definition name 5 Choose Delete Message appears Figure 8 23 A amp Delete selected Tests e J Figure 8 23 Message Delete selected Tests 6 Choose Yes to delete the test definition or No to cancel the deletion and return to Selection ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 46 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 6 Printing Test Definitions Test definitions may be printed out to provide a record of the test protocol Note Test definitions may be printed by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Ch
206. gure 11 7 Measurement results CV Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 11 11 2 8 Viewing Factor Factor Figure 11 8 displays the multiplication factors for each well configured in Define Layout in the test definition refer to Section 8 2 1 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para lO x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x seg a4 wea R B Eisa fies PE T E L 1 zenytn200 snr01020 Calculate OD Mean Concentrat Results Plate Layout Sample4D C Graphic Info Calculation Result List Status 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 8 Measurement results Factor ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 12 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 9 Viewing Standard Curves Graphic Figure 11 9 displays the standard curve based on the results of the concentration and response formula configured in Quantitative in the test definition refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Note Ifthe ADAP software main window is resized choose Refresh Graph to redraw the graph display so that it fits the new window size properly Note To copy the standard curve graph right click on the graph and choose Copy graph into clipboard The graph can th
207. he application Note Refer to Section 12 4 5 Viewing UV Quantitation Protein Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 19 12 2 8 Configuring an RNA Oligo Concentration Cuvette Application The RNA Oligo Concentration cuvette application calculates the concentration of oligos If desired background correction may be applied to measurements To configure the RNA Oligo Concentration cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of RNA choose the or RNA to open the tree view Oligo Concentration appears in the list under RNA 3 Choose Oligo Concentration Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 10 w Quantitation Module Test Definition ioj x File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Sample Count Protein Dilution Factor RNA Oligo Concentration Base Sequence pure RNA Concentration Background correction i Based on the calculation of the extinction coefficient ADAP Prisma can calculate the concentration of an user defined RNA oligo Concentrations are displayed in pg ml and pmol
208. he same zoom effect as moving the mouse left and right 3 If desired change the texture and brightness of the 3 D image by choosing options in the View menu e Light Brightens the 3 D image e Wireframe Hides the surface layer so that only the underlying wireframe or skeleton of the 3 D image is visible Solid Displays the 3 D image as a solid object e Shaded Divides the surface layer into sections differentiated by color e Transparent Displays the 3 D image with a translucent surface layer e Outlined Displays only the outer outline of the 3D image e Metallic Displays the surface texture of the 3D image with a simulated metallic finish e Atmosphere Subtly modifies the brightness and texture of the surface layer ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 50 Viewing Quick Measurement Results If desired change the color of the surface layer by choosing options in the Edit menu e Color White Displays the surface color of the 3 D as white e Color Gradient Blends the surface layer color of the 3 D image using a gradient 7 3 7 2 3 Saving Transmission Profiles 3 D images of transmission profiles can be saved as image files separate from the measurement results Images are saved in Dex3D dex format To save a 3 D image of an transmission profile 1 From the File menu select Save Save as appears Figure 7 37 Save As Save in S transmission profil
209. he Quick measurement refer to Section 7 3 2 1 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Reduced Data e Status Displays which wells or cuvette samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Raw Data Displays measurement results for each cycle performed in the measurement refer to Section 7 3 2 2 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Raw Data e Kinetic Graph Displays a graph of the kinetic measurement results for each well or cuvette sample refer to Section 7 3 2 4 Viewing the Kinetic Graph for an Individual Well or Cuvette Sample Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 13 7 3 2 1 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Reduced Data Reduced Data displays the results for each well or cuvette sample calculated using the data reduction method configured in the Quick measurement Figure 7 8 The actual tab name changes to reflect what type of results have been calculated For example most Slope reduction methods display OD min while Time reduction methods display t sec refer to Section 6 2 4 1 Data Reduction Methods Note When no data reduction method is configured in the Quick measurement the tab is labeled N A and no data is displayed in the tab Note Refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results for information about printing Reduced Data measurement results ADAP 2003010
210. he database will be created by double clicking the desired folders Note Changing the Path when a database already exists creates a new database and makes the original database inaccessible to the ADAP software Plate layouts test definitions and test results stored in the original database will not be available to the ADAP software unless the Path to the database is restored ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 3 6 Configuring the Instrument to Perform Measureme 4 In Raw data choose the desired file format for saving raw data e TXT Saves the raw data as a text file readable by most word processing applications e XML Saves the raw data as an XML file XML is a format designed for sharing information over the Web 5 In Database select Access to store measurement data in the ADAP software database Note Ifno Database options are selected options for manually saving the data appear after each measurement If no save option is selected at this time the measurement data is not saved Note Selecting Access ensures that a measurement data is saved and may be exported to text files for viewing in other software applications For example after a measurement is completed and saved exporting the measurement data from the database is the only method available to create a text file with the data arranged in an 8 x 12 array 6 In Database select a text file format to store measurement data in text fil
211. he measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Note Shaking may only be performed with microplates Note If shaking is not desired go to step 11 If Shaking is selected in Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High If Shaking is selected in Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified In Interval enter the amount of time in seconds between measurement cycles Note The Interval may range from 1 to 65 535 seconds In Cycle enter the number of measurements to perform on each sample Note Kinetic measurements may be set to perform 2 to 100 Cycles In Data Reduction select the data reduction method Refer to Section 6 2 4 1 Data Reduction Methods for descriptions of the Data Reduction methods Note The configuration parameters Smoothing Points Lower Limit Upper Limit and In Decrease become available depending on which data reduction method is selected Refer to the Additional Configuration column in Table 6 1 for details To perform the Quick measurement on microplate samples follow the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples OR To perform the Quick measurement on cuvette samples follow the steps in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 6
212. heir respective functions on the complete test definition not Define Layout Both functions may not be accessible if the test definition is not completely configured 2 Configure the desired measurement type by following the steps listed in its respective section Endpoint photometric refer to Section 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test e Multiwavelength photometric refer to Section 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test e Kinetic photometric refer to Section 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test e Spectral scan photometric refer to Section 10 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Test e Area scan photometric refer to Section 10 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Photometric Test Note Area scan test measurements may only be performed on microplate samples e Linear scan photometric refer to Section 10 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Photometric Test Note Linear scan test measurements may only be performed on microplate samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 14 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test An endpoint photometric test performs a single absorbance or transmission measurement on samples at a user specified wavelength between 190 and 1000 nm If desired a bichromatic endpoint measurement may also be performed Bichromatic measurements perform a second measurement
213. hotometric transmission measurements may only be performed on cuvette samples To perform a kinetic photometric Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 If Cuvette is the selected Format select Measure Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance if desired Note Kinetic photometric transmission measurements may only be performed on cuvette samples KIC x Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate z Plate Type STANDARD ka Measurement Position All Iv Set Sample Measurement Mode Kinetic Photometric wavelength Reference Wavelength Kinetic Measurement Interval fo seconds Cycles 25 Data Reduction Maximum Inclining Slope gt Smoothing Points BO Upper Limit sid Figure 6 8 Quick Read Kinetic Photometric measurement ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 14 Performing Quick Measurements 10 11 In Wavelength enter the desired measurement wavelength Figure 6 8 To perform a bichromatic kinetic measurement in Reference Filter enter the desired wavelength Note When a Reference filter is selected the second measurement is subtracted from the first before calculating the final measurement results using a data reduction method If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to t
214. ick measurement selected in Measurement Mode by following the steps listed in its respective section Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 9 6 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Quick Measurement An endpoint photometric Quick measurement performs a single absorbance or transmission measurement on samples at a user specified wavelength between 190 and 1000 nm If desired a bichromatic endpoint measurement may also be performed Bichromatic measurements perform a second measurement using a Reference Filter This measurement is subtracted from the first to calculate the final result Note Endpoint photometric transmission measurements may be performed only on cuvette samples To configure an endpoint photometric Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 If Cuvette is the selected Format select Measure Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance if desired Note Endpoint photometric transmission measurements may only be performed on cuvette samples 3 In Wavelength enter the desired measurement wavelength Figure 6 5 Li Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate z Plate Type STANDARD bi Measurement Position 4 Set Sample Measurement Mode Endpoint Photometric z Wavelength 405 Reference Wavelength
215. ight which in terms of OD is overflow 100 000 refers to 100 transmission which is 0 OD 10 000 equals 10 transmission which is 1 OD 3 ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help cae amp ya mu aml aa pl pl Ciis pan rZ T Ef LJ 1 Zenyth 200 SNr 01020 i 3d View i Use the scroll bars to Raw Data Scan Scan Status rOtate the viewing angle Refresh Graph Print Graph 3d View a a fois Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 34 Measurement results area scan transmission profiles 100 transmission 0 transmission Figure 7 35 Transmission profile detail 7 48 Viewing Quick Measurement Results To print area scan transmission profiles Choose Print Graph to print the profiles for all wells measured refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs To change the absorbance profile view e Use the main scroll bars to view the graphs for all wells on the plate if necessary e Use the 3d View scroll bars in the upper left of the Scan tab to change the angle for all wells on the plate refer to Section 7 3 7 2 1 Changing the Viewing Angle for All Wells e Click on an individual well to view a detailed three dimensional rendering of the transmission profile that can be rotated zoomed and viewed with different colors and textures applied refer to Section 7 3 7 2 2 Viewing the Transmission Profile of a Single Well
216. igured in the ELISA module may be recalculated tests configured in the Quantitation module may not 11 4 1 Recalculating Test Results To recalculate results 1 From the Options menu select Formula OR Right click on the displayed measurement results and select Formula The name of the most recently run test appears Figure 11 18 ADAP 20030110 4 4 Para E lol x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows x Sle S22 y MS BEERS imo once Caen Delete Well Restore Well Mean Concentrat Re Copy all data into clipboard actor Graphic Info Calculation Result List Status Copy displayed data into clipboard Save all data as TXT Save displayed data as TXT 0 045 3 494 0 199 1 236 2 408 0 285 0 376 0 341 2 210 2 925 3 539 3 521 1 263 1 832 1 811 0 510 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 11 18 Choosing Point 2 the most recently run test to recalculate Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 23 2 Choose the test definition name A window named for the test definition name appears Figure 11 19 EEE l Cutoff Formula Standards Response Formula Concentration if 0 24 398 55 78 1 01 Validation ie kK ts SY 2 ko o O03 ST a uy Naa 3 4 5 NL THEN o A OK Curve Point to Point x Axis ZY linin x Cancel Figure 11 19 Point _2 to recalculate
217. igured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 4 Choose OK to print the information Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory Note Kinetic graphs can also be printed with OD Reduced Data Transmission and Status information by choosing Print from the Setup menu or toolbar refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 60 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 4 3 1 Viewing Kinetic Graph Printouts Kinetic graph printouts display kinetic graphs for all measured wells or cuvette samples Figure 7 48 Figure 7 48 Kinetic graph printout excerpt Note Wells are labeled in Row Column format For example C2 represents the well in the third row of the second column 7 4 3 2 Viewing Linear Scan Graph Printouts Linear scan graph printouts display linear scan graphs for all measured wells on the plate Figure 7 49 Figure 7 49 Linear scan graph printout excerpt Note
218. iguring a Kinetic Photometric Quick Measurement 6 13 6 2 4 1 Data Reduction Methods 0 00002 ee ee eee 6 15 6 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Photometric Quick Measurement 6 17 6 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Quick Measurement 6 19 6 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Quick Measurement 6 21 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples 6 22 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples 6 24 6 4 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples 000 0c eee eee 6 30 7 Viewing Quick Measurement Results Tl OVETVIEW 4 04 acuine aaea iaa i tach enna a aa a a ai Daran PaE A Eaa a aa GaaS 7 1 7 1 1 Viewing Measurement Results for Microplate Samples 7 2 7 1 2 Viewing Measurement Results for Cuvette Samples 7 3 7 2 Viewing Saved Quick Measurement Results 00 0000 e cece eee 7 4 7 2 1 Opening Saved Quick Measurement Results 05 7 4 7 2 1 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Saved Measurement Results 7 5 7 3 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 0 00 00 cece eee eee 7 7 7 3 1 Viewing Endpoint Photometric Measurement Results 7 8 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results 7 9 7 3 1 2 Viewing Transmission Measurement Results 7 10 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status acs cates ded eiieeree oeanen 7 11 7 3 2 Viewing Kinetic Photometric Measurement Result
219. in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 11 6 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Quick Measurement A multiwavelength photometric Quick measurement performs up to eight absorbance or transmission measurements for each well or cuvette sample at different user specified wavelengths between 190 and 1000 nm To perform a multiwavelength photometric Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 If Cuvette is the selected Format select Measure Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance if desired Note Multiwavelength photometric transmission measurements may only be performed on cuvette samples 3 Choose the Number of Wavelengths to measure A field for each Wavelength appears Figure 6 7 x Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate T Plate Type STANDARD bd Measurement Position All Iv Set Sample Measurement Mode Multiwavelength X Number of Wavelengths 5 OF Wavelength fi 90 340 400 450 600 Shaking r Figure 6 7 Quick Read Multiwavelength photometric measurement 4 In Wavelength enter a measurement wavelength in each field ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 12 Performing Quick Measuremen
220. ing Endpoint Photometric Measurement Results Status In all measurements displays the status for all measured wells refer to Section 7 3 1 2 Viewing Transmission Measurement Results Raw Data Kinetic In kinetic measurements displays measurement results for each cycle of a kinetic photometric measurement refer to Section 7 3 2 Viewing Kinetic Photometric Measurement Results Kinetic Graph In kinetic measurements displays a graph of the kinetic results over time for each well refer to Section 7 3 2 3 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Graphs Raw Data Scan In linear scan measurements displays the values for each of the 25 points measured across wells refer to Section 7 3 5 1 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Raw Data In area scan measurements displays the values for all points measured within wells on the plate refer to Section 7 3 7 1 Viewing Area Scan Measurement Raw Data Scan In linear scan measurements displays a graph of the linear absorption profile for each well on the plate refer to Section 7 3 5 2 Viewing Linear Scan Graphs In area scan measurements displays a three dimensional graph of the results of the area scan from each well refer to Section 7 3 7 2 Viewing Area Scan Transmission Profiles Curve Info In multiwavelength measurements displays the OD and transmission values at each wavelength measured refer to Section 7 3 3 4 Viewing Multiwavelength Measuremen
221. ing Manual 7 8 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 1 Viewing Endpoint Photometric Measurement Results Measurement results for endpoint photometric measurements are displayed in two tabs e OD Displays the optical density measurement for each well or cuvette sample refer to Section 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results OR Transmission If transmission for cuvette samples was measured displays percentage of transmission refer to Section 7 3 1 2 Viewing Transmission Measurement Results e Status Displays which wells or cuvette samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 9 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results OD displays the optical density measurement for each well or cuvette sample Figure 7 5 For bichromatic measurements OD is calculated by subtracting measurements made with the reference filter from the measurements made with the primary filter Note Refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results for information about printing OD measurement results ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode MEE 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x amu wga R Eia EY P T E L 1 Zenytn 200 5Nr01020 x Calculate Status Anthos Labtec Instru
222. ining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module Choose the Quantitation module to Quickly and easily define endpoint and kinetic tests that perform quantitative evaluations refer to Section 10 2 Defining New Tests In the Quantitation Module Define spectral scan measurements refer to Section 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test Perform preconfigured assays on cuvette samples refer to Chapter 12 Running Cuvette Applications Note This chapter covers defining test protocols in the ELISA module Refer to Chapter 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module for information about using the Quantitation module to configure test definition parameters Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 3 8 2 Defining New Tests In the ELISA Module Test definitions configured in the ELISA module dictate how the Zenyth 200 performs measurements and interprets the resulting data Tests are defined using a set of tabs that configure different categories of parameters To define a new test Configure the options in Define Layout to select the sample format microplate or cuvette and configure the use of standards blanks controls replicates and samples in the test refer to Section 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options Configure the options in the General tab to define basic information about the test inc
223. ion Module 10 31 10 2 8 2 1 Curve Fitting Models Table 10 2 describes the four curve fitting models supported by the ADAP software Table 10 2 Curve Fitting Models Method Description Example Linear Regression Construction of a straight line using the least squares method with the highest possible Linear regression approximation to all standard points Requires a minimum of 2 standard points Direct connection of all standard points Point to Point _ Requires a minimum of 2 standard points All standard points are connected by the best fitting curve Note Can only be used for nonlinear and nonsigmoid functions Cubic Spline Requires a minimum of 3 standard points This procedure can be used only to characterize sigmoid curves The curve is calculated according to the formula 4 Parameter Fit y D_ 4 A 4 Parameter Fit a zero dose response upper asymptote d infinite dose response lower asymptote c dose level which results in a response midway between a and d b slope factor Requires a minimum of 4 standard points ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 32 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation WV 10 3 Saving New Tests When the plate layout and all required parameters for the test have been properly configured the test definition may be saved Test definitions must be saved before measu
224. is covcaapsaocansboaseun EPEE EE EEEL REEE O ATEO AE TRPA ETETEAREN 7 66 Figure 8 1 ELISA module test definition configuration General tab 0 eeeceseeteeteeneeees 8 4 Figure 8 2 Define Layout microplate wicscsaccsssssasnsasasncsssatsnevaneancasesavaseseiivacatashasdusedianesoebaantetesies 8 5 Figure 8 3 Define Layout Plate Layout tab microplate eee ecececeeeecceeecesceeseceeeeeeeees 8 8 Figure 8 4 Define Layout Plate Layout tab cuvette eceecceeccecesecesecseeeeeseeeeeeeaeceaeeneeees 8 8 Figure 8 5 Define Layout Factor microplate aaissjeccassid scviesnscecaevincvessienaiivn ieee 8 10 Figure 8 6 ELISA module test definition configuration General tab 00 ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeee 8 12 Figure 8 7 ELISA module test definition configuration Quantitative tab eee 8 14 Figure 8 8 Selection test definitions cisscusseestitusisinnduaievaetanednsincaspimtacedaunevasentaniaeaeannasienetaseas 8 18 Figure 8 9 ELISA module test definition configuration Qualitative tab ee eee 8 20 Figure 8 10 ELISA module test definition configuration Options tab s sseseseseseeseesee 8 23 Figure 8 11 ELISA module test definition configuration Kinetic tab sssseseseeseeeeeseeee 8 25 Figure 8 12 ELISA module test definition configuration Scan tab ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 8 28 Figure 8 13 ELISA module test definition configuration Rejection Validation tab 8 31 Figure 8 1
225. ist For the Cell Counting Cuvette Application Result List displays a summary of data evaluated by the cell counting cuvette application including parameters and measurement results Figure 12 19 ADAP 2003081 9 14c Cell counting 0 x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lj xj cage A Bs Quantitation RY PR T E E zenyth 200 5101020 x Calculate Status Cell counting Plate ID 20030423 5c Conversion Number of Factor 1 5 00E 08 3 44E 07 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 19 Result List for the cell counting cuvette application Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 33 12 4 2 Viewing DNA Concentration and Purity Measurement Results Measurement results for the cell counting cuvette application are displayed in five tabs e Status Displays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Graphic Displays graphs of measurement results for each sample measured refer to Section 7 3 3 2 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Graphs e Info Calc Displays a summary of each step performed in the cuvette application and indicates the success or failure of each step refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Result List Displays a summary of the data evaluated by the application including parame
226. l Run Application Figure 12 10 RNA Oligo Concentration cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 20 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter the Base Sequence of the oligo for example acgacgacuuacgacagc 7 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results 8 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 21 12 2 9 Configuring an RNA Pure RNA Concentration Cuvette Application The RNA Pure RNA Concentration cuvette application measures nucleic acid concentrations of RNA by performing a measurement at 260 nm a
227. lays which samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 39 12 4 4 1 Viewing the Result List For dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Cuvette Applications Result List displays a summary of data evaluated by the DNA and RNA oligo cuvette applications including parameters and measurement results Figure 12 23 ADAP 20030819 14c pure dsDNA Concentration lol x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x saa s e R g Quantitation fe PE T E L fZenyin 200 51010207 Calculate OD Info Calculation Status pure dsDNA Concentration Plate ID 20030423 9c Conversion Absorbance dsDNA Conc Factor Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 23 Result List for Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration cuvette applications Note Formulas used in calculations Pure ssDNA Concentration OD value x 37 ssDNA in ug ml Pure dsDNA Concentration OD value x 50 dsDNA in ug ml Pure RNA Concentration OD value x 37 RNA in ug ml Maniatis T Fritch E F Sambrook J 1989 Molecular cloning A laboratory handbook p 3 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 40 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 5 Viewing UV Quantitation Protein Measurement Results Measurement results for the UV Quantitation
228. le if a certain e coli strain has an optical density of 1 0 pure RNA Concentration the culture has a concentration of 5 10 8 cells In ADAP Prisma exponential characters are entered using following characters 4 10 3 4 10 4 or 4 10 5 Run Application Figure 12 3 Cell counting cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 6 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter a new Conversion factor if desired Note The conversion factor is multiplied by the absorbance measurement and dilution factor to calculate the concentration of cells per ml Note The default conversion factor is 5 10 8 5x108 Use this format for exponential notation 7 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 1 Viewing Cell Counting Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 1
229. le Test Definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 37 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved test definitions Figure 10 19 update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 10 19 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to edit and choose OK The chosen test definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 Edit the desired test definition parameters Note Refer to Section 10 2 Defining New Tests In the Quantitation Module for detailed information about defining test definition parameters 6 From the File menu choose Save The test definition is saved in the database and may be used to run a test 7 From the File menu choose End to return to the ELISA module test definition setup screen Note Refer to Section 10 3 Saving New Tests for more information about different methods of saving test definition data and returning to the main ADAP screen ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 38 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitat on 10 5 2 Copying Tests Test definition parameters may be copied by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To copy a test
230. le click the desired plate The measurement results appear in the main window OR Choose Delete to remove the measurement results for the selected plate or cuvette from the database 11 7 2 Saving Measurement Results to the Database Raw data of measured plates and cuvettes is automatically saved to the database when a measurement is complete Measurement results can also be saved to the database manually or to a text file outside the database To save measurement results to the database From the Database menu choose Save Actual Data The plate data is saved to the database To save measurement results as a text file separate from the database From the Database menu choose Save as TXT File The measurement results are saved as a text file that is separate from the database and can be opened by many applications such as text editors word processors and spreadsheets 11 7 3 Repairing and Compressing the Database When measurement results or test definitions are removed from the database only the data is deleted from the fields The empty data fields remain which increases the size of the database which may slow down access Periodically it is recommended to remove empty fields using Compress Database Repair Database removes unassigned entries from the database before compressing it To repair or compress the database From the Database menu choose Repair Database to remove unassigned entries and empty fields The databa
231. le menu choose Copy The information is copied to the clipboard and can be pasted in any application using the Paste command Note Most applications have a standard shortcut of CTRL V assigned to the Paste command 4 2 2 2 Saving Instrument Information in a Text File Information can be saved as a text file txt a format that can be opened by most word processors To save the information as a text file txt 1 From the File menu choose Save Save As appears 2 In Save As browse to the desired directory where the file will be saved 3 In File name enter a name for the text file 4 Choose Save The text file is saved in the specified directory location with the specified File name ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 4 6 Manually Controlling the Instrument With the AD 4 2 2 3 Printing Instrument Information To print the information in Information 1 From the File menu choose Print Print appears Figure 4 1 a Printer SAGIANRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 Options Fonts Arial b Size 10 Coe Figure 4 1 Print 2 In Printer select the desired printer to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 3 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the
232. ligo concentration melting point and conversion to pmol uL measuring direct protein concentration at 280 nm e determining the purity of DNA preparations monitoring bacterial growth with preset or user defined conversion factors Note Refer to Chapter 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module for more information about the features available in the Quantitation module This chapter covers installing and launching the ADAP software Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Installing the ADAP software refer to Section 1 2 Installing the ADAP Software Launching the ADAP software refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 1 3 Installing the ADAP Software Installing the ADAP software requires e Meeting the minimum computer system requirements for the ADAP software refer to Section 1 2 1 System Requirements e Running the setup program refer to Section 1 2 2 Running the Setup Program 1 2 1 System Requirements Before installing the ADAP software refer to Table 1 1 to ensure the target computer system meets the minimum requirements Where relevant Table 1 1 also lists recommended requirements Table 1 1 ADAP Basic Software System Requirements Component Minimum Requirements CPU Pentium 133 Mhz minimum Pentium II 500 Mhz recommended RAM 16 MB minimum 64 MB recommended Hard Drive 50 MB free s
233. ligos with base sequences containing fewer than 25 base pairs refer to Section 12 2 4 Configuring a DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application 7 Enter a new Salt factor if desired Note The salt factor compensates for the salinity of the DNA solution The default salt factor is 10 8 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results 9 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 11 12 2 4 Configuring a DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application The DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application calculates the concentration and melting point of oligos with base sequences containing fewer than 25 base pairs If desired background correction and a salt factor may be applied to measurements Note Use the DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application to calculate concentration and melting points of oligos with base sequences containing 25 or more base pairs refer to Section 12 2 3 Co
234. ll plates To perform a linear scan Quick measurement 1 Choose the Format Plate Type Measurement Position and Measurement Mode following the steps in Section 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 2 In Wavelength enter the desired measurement wavelength Figure 6 11 x Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate Plate Type STANDARD v Measurement Position All E Set Sample Measurement Mode Scan Linear Measurement Filter Shaking Iv Shake now Intensity Medium Time 5 Figure 6 11 Quick Read Scan Linear measurement 3 If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to the measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Note If shaking is not desired go to step 6 4 If Shaking is selected in Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High 5 If Shaking is selected in Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified 6 Run the Quick measurement following the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 22 Performing Quick Measurements 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples After configuring microplate and measurement parameters Quick measurements are run from Quick Read Note Refer to Section 6 4 Ru
235. ll position entered in Factor F is typically used in quantitative transformation formulas to correct the concentration of samples for their dilution factor for example X X F Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 1ing and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 11 8 2 1 5 Completing the Sample Layout When all parameters are configured and samples defined save and close Define Layout and return to the ELISA test definition configuration to continue configuring the test definition To close Define Layout From the File menu choose End to close Define Layout and save the new plate or cuvette parameters OR From the File menu choose Cancel to close Define Layout without saving the new plate or cuvette parameters Note In the File menu Print and Open perform their respective functions on the complete test definition not Define Layout and may not be accessible if the test definition is not completely configured ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 12 Defining and Running 8 2 2 Tests In the ELISA Module Configuring General Options The General tab provides options to set up the basic parameters of a test definition including name instrument type shaking measurement filters and variables ADAP no File Layout i0 x l x General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Test Name Edit Define Layout Shaking Lo
236. luding name instrument shaking measurement filters and variables refer to Section 8 2 2 Configuring General Options After configuring the sample format and options in the General tab use the remaining tabs to configure the appropriate options for the desired measurement type Quantitative Configures standard curve data refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Note Quantitative evaluations configured in the ELISA module may use standard curves imported from previously defined tests and multiplication factors These options are not available in the Quantitation module Qualitative Configures cutoff groups and formulas refer to Section 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations Options Configures measurement results printing options and tools for test evaluation refer to Section 8 2 5 Configuring Test Options Kinetic Configures kinetic measurement parameters refer to Section 8 2 7 Configuring Scan Measurements Scan Configures linear and area scan measurement parameters refer to Section 8 2 7 Configuring Scan Measurements Note Linear scans configured in the ELISA module have more advanced options available than those configured in the Quantitation module Rejection Validation Programs replicate elimination and test validation formulas refer to Section 8 2 8 Programming Rejection Validation Formulas ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Man
237. ly use Windows Explorer to locate the CD ROM drive and open Setup exe 3 Follow the instructions in the setup wizard to install the software 4 When the software installation is complete choose Close to exit the setup program The ADAP software is ready to use OR If prompted choose Restart After the computer restarts the ADAP software will be ready to use Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Installing and Launching the ADAP Software Launching the ADAP Software To launch the ADAP software 1 From the Windows Start menu choose Programs gt Anthos Software gt ADAP 2 The first time the ADAP software is launched License Code appears Figure 1 1 If required enter the 25 digit license code printed on the cover of the software CD Note A License Code is required only for the ADAP Prisma software Note To access License Code after running the ADAP software for the first time from the Windows menu choose About and then choose License Code fa ticense Code Please input License Code a E o Add License Code No License Code found Delete Code Figure 1 1 License Code 3 Choose Add License Code to verify the License Code entered Note Ifthe license code cannot be verified re enter it and choose Add License Code again OR Choose OK to close License Code if no license code was entered Note Delete Code is used to delete time limited promotional License Codes used to
238. m Administration 2 11 2 6 1 Saving the Entire Log Table as a Text File The entire log table can be saved as a tab delimited text file which can be imported into another software application such as a spreadsheet or database To save the data in Log Table as a text file 1 From the File menu choose Save Save As appears 2 Browse to the desired folder to save the history log file 3 In File name enter a file name for the history log 4 Choose Save to save the history log to a text file 2 6 2 Copying the Entire Log Table to the Clipboard The entire log table can be copied to the clipboard as tab delimited text and pasted into any application using the Paste command Note The contents of the entire log table will be copied Portions of the log table cannot be copied separately To copy the data in Log Table to the clipboard 1 From the Edit menu choose Copy The contents of the Log Table are copied to the clipboard 2 Open or switch to the application where the log contents will be pasted 3 Choose the Paste command to paste the history log into a new or existing file Note Most applications have a standard shortcut of CTRL V assigned to the Paste command ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 3 1 Configuring the Instrument to Perform Measurements Overview Before performing measurements the instrument setup and system settings must be configured Instrument setup includes configuring c
239. mOD Paint mOD Figure 8 11 ELISA module test definition configuration Kinetic tab ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 26 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 6 1 Configuring a Kinetic Measurement The options in Kinetic Measurement configure the basic parameters of a kinetic measurement his 2 3 In Kinetic Measurement select Yes to perform a kinetic measurement In Cycles enter then number of times each well will be measured In Interval enter the length of time in seconds between each measurement of the same well In Temperature set the internal instrument temperature if desired Note Temperature may only be set for microplate measurements 8 2 6 2 Configuring Data Reduction Parameters Parameters selects and configures the data reduction method used to calculate the results of a kinetic measurement The ADAP software supports 12 data reduction methods see Table 8 2 To select and configure a data reduction method f Data Reduction Method In Data Reduction select the method of data reduction Note Depending on the data reduction method selected additional parameters may need to be configured using the four options displayed below Data Reduction Refer to Table 8 2 for the additional configuration requirements of each data reduction method Configure the parameters required by the data reduction method Table 8 2 Data Reduction Metho
240. mbers 1 4 Filling Direction Vertical x Choosing Set actual row Replicate No Direction 1 Horizontal x selects all the wells in row C Well Labels A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 Plate Layout Factor Choosing Set actual m column selects all wells in column 4 selected Wells selected by dragging mouse Figure 10 4 Define Layout Plate Layout tab microplate For cuvette samples Plate Layout assigns the sample types and labels to specific cuvettes measured in the test Figure 10 5 Define Layout File Edit Control Position Type Sample p Numbers PR50 4 gt Plate Layout Factor PR2 PR3 PR4 PRS PRG PR PR8 PRS PR10 PRI1 PR12 PRIZ PRI4 Figure 10 5 Define Layout Plate Layout tab cuvette Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 11 To define cuvette sample types or locations on the plate for wells configured in Control Position 1 In Plate Layout click on the desired well or cuvette to define Figure 10 4 Note Select multiple wells or cuvettes by clicking and then dragging over the desired range 2 From the Edit menu choose a method for selecting which wells or cuvettes will be defined as the type configured in Control Position OR Right click on the selected well s or cuvette s and choose a method for selecting which wells or cuvettes will be defined as the type configured in Control Position e S
241. ments Figure 7 5 Measurement results OD microplate ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 10 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 1 2 Viewing Transmission Measurement Results For transmission measurements performed on cuvette samples Transmission displays percentage transmission values not absorbency Figure 7 6 For example 0 000 refers to no transmission of light which in terms of optical density OD is overflow 100 000 refers to 100 transmission which is 0 OD 10 000 equals 10 transmission which is 1 OD Note When Transmission is measured in an endpoint photometric measurement optical density OD results are not reported in the measurement results Note Refer to Section 7 4 1 Printing General Measurement Results for information about printing Transmission measurement results ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode i Banzi 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help x saa ssm saan a e A E enoa casa Transmission Status 88 20 88 41 7710 82 32 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 6 Measurement results Transmission cuvette Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 11 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status Status displays which wells or cuvette samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during the measurement Figure 7 7 e OK The well was measured successfully e Error The well was not
242. ministrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration 10 5 1 Editing Tests Test definition parameters may be edited by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To edit a test stored in the ADAP software database 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation if necessary Note If the Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Elisa only tests defined in the ELISA module will be available to edit 2 From the Setup menu choose Calculation OR Choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module Test Definition appears Figure 10 18 Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Assay Name c Shaking Yes Time 5 z Low Medium High Method Plates Cuvette Plates Endpoint O Kinetic I Background correction Spectrum Edit Define Layout Temperature Ambient 45 C Set Temperature Set Measurement Parameter ra WLI Reference J Area Scan Wavelength 5 J Linear Scan Variable Variable 1 v1 0 0 Variable 2 v2 0 0 Variable 3 v3 0 0 Variable 4 V4 0 0 Variable 5 V5 0 0 Variable 6 V6 0 0 Variable 7 V7 0 0 Variable 8 8 0 0 Figure 10 18 Quantitation Modu
243. mple Sequences cece eee eaee 9 6 9 2 3 Creating and Viewing a Multitest Plate Layout 9 7 9 2 3 1 Viewing Additional Multitest Plate Layouts 9 8 9 2 3 2 Printing Multitest Layout Information 9 8 9 3 Deleting Multitest Configurations 0 00 c eee cece eee eee 9 9 94 Running a Multitest Assay Measurement 0 00 0 c ee eee eee 9 10 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module LOA OVeEVIEW sats avstanna mihe pai band coed a ai a A ana a aa a deat ed g ahane 10 1 10 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters 10 2 10 2 Defining New Tests In the Quantitation Module 005 10 3 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 10 6 10 2 1 1 Choosing the Sample Format 10 6 10 2 1 2 Configuring Sample Options 0 10 7 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test 10 14 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test 10 16 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test 0005 10 18 10 2 4 1 Data Reduction Methods 0 005 10 20 10 2 5 Configuring a Spectral Scan Test 0 00 00 c eee eee eee 10 22 10 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Photometric Test 0 10 24 10 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Photometric Test 10 26 10 2 8 Configuring
244. mware Yes Yes Refer to Section 5 2 Updating EEPROM data Yes Yes Firmware EEPROM Data and Standalone Software Standalone software Yes No Plate definitions Yes Yes Refer to Section 5 3 Editing and Transferring Plate Formats Test definitions Yes No Refer to Section 5 4 Importing and Exporting Test Definition Files Measured plate results Yes No Refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows and Section 5 5 1 Importing Measurement Results From the Zenyth 200st to the ADAP Software Database ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 2 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and C 5 2 Updating Firmware EEPROM Data and Standalone Software Firmware transfer functions in Down Upload permit instrument firmware EEPROM data and standalone software to be transferred between the computer Zenyth 200 Transfer functions for instrument firmware are reserved for Anthos service engineers and require a valid service code to access Users with Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator can e Upload EEPROM data from the Zenyth 200 to the computer refer to Section 5 2 1 Uploading EEPROM Data from the Zenyth 200 to the Computer Note EEPROM data should only be uploaded to the computer by an Anthos service engineer Note Downloading updated EEPROM data to the Zenyth 200 requires a valid s
245. n 2 3 overview 1 1 system requirement 1 3 adc diode values 4 3 area scan measurements 8 30 configuring 6 19 6 21 10 24 10 26 B blank samples cuvettes 6 30 12 29 blank validation configuring 8 24 Cc calculate mean values configuring 8 23 changing password 2 4 check plate 4 3 compressing database 11 32 curve fitting methods 4 parameter fit 8 17 10 31 cubic spline 8 17 10 31 Graph 7 40 linear regression 8 17 10 31 point to point 8 17 10 31 curve info copying and pasting results 7 63 linear scan 7 31 multiwavelength 7 21 saving table data as text files 7 66 spectral scan 7 25 viewing printouts 7 58 curve properties 7 35 copying to other applications 7 36 printing 7 37 saving as text files 7 36 cutoff formulas 8 20 cutoff groups replicate rejection 11 14 cuvette applications cell counting configuring 12 5 viewing results 12 32 DNA concentration and purity configuring 12 7 viewing results 12 33 DNA oligo long concentration melting point configuring 12 9 viewing results 12 36 DNA oligo short concentration melting point configuring 12 11 viewing results 12 36 overview 12 1 pure dsDNA concentration configuring 12 13 viewing results 12 38 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual pure RNA concentration configuring 12 21 viewing results 12 38 pure ssDNA concentration configuring 12 15 viewing results 12 38 RNA oligo concentration configuring 12 19 viewing results 12 36 running 12 23 UV
246. n tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 29 10 2 8 1 Configuring Standards Standards configures up to 10 concentration values and response formulas To configure concentration values and response formulas 1 Under Concentration enter the concentration value to be plotted on the x axis Note For Concentration values less than 1 enter a leading O before the decimal for example 0 51 Values entered without the leading 0 produce an error when the measurement is performed Under Response Formula enter the response formula to plot the corresponding concentration on the y axis Note Response formulas may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test as well as any numerical constants and mathematical operators Usually the response formula is just the value of a measured standard and consists only of the corresponding name for example S1 S2 or S3 Note For Response Formula values less than 1 enter a leading 0 before the decimal for example 0 51 Values entered without the leading O produce an error when the measurement is performed ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 30 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation WV 10 2 8 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters Standard curve configures new standard curve parameters To configure standard curve parameters 1 Under Standard curve select the c
247. nd then multiplying the measurement value by a conversion factor and a dilution factor If desired background correction may be applied to measurements To configure the RNA Pure RNA Concentration cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of RNA choose the or RNA to open the tree view Pure RNA Concentration appears in the list under RNA 3 Choose Pure RNA Concentration Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 11 w Quantitation Module Test Definition ioj x File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Applications Application Parameters Cells DNA Protein Dilution Factor RNA Sample Count Oligo Concentration Conversion factor pure ANA Concentration Background correction E Nucleic acid concentrations of ANA are determined by multiplying the A260 absorbance reading by a conversion factor and by a dilution factor ADAP Prisma is programmed with a default conversion factor which can be modified at any time Background correction at 4320 can be chosen as option Run Application Figure 12 11 RNA Pure RNA Concentration cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 22 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Ap
248. ned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 64 Viewing Quick Measurement Results To copy selected data from a table into another application 1 Click and drag over the table data desired to copy The selected data is highlighted Right click on a results table A menu with print copy and text file options appears Figure 7 51 Choose Copy Selection The selected data is copied to the clipboard Open or switch to the application where the measurement results will be pasted Paste the measurement results into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have CTRL V assigned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 65 7 5 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files Measurement results can be saved as text files which can be viewed in any text editor or imported into many statistical software packages or spreadsheet applications Note Table data in the Curve Info tab for multiwavelength spectral scan and linear scan measurements can be saved to a text file from within the Curve Info tab refer to Section 7 5 2 1 Saving Curve Info Table Data as a Text File To save measurement results to a text file 1 Select the desired results tab to save as a text file 2 From the Options menu choose Save displayed data as TXT to save onl
249. nfiguring a DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application To configure the DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of DNA choose the or DNA to open the tree view Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point appears in the list under DNA 3 Choose Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 6 i Quantitation Module Test Definition E loj x File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Application Parameters Sample Count Cell counting Dilution Factor Concentration and Purity Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Base Sequence fagctagctagctagctagct Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point pure dsDNA Concentration Background correction Vv pure ssDNA Concentration Protein Based on the calculation of the extinction coefficient ADAP OE Prisma can calculate the concentration of an user defined oligo UY Quantitation Protein For Oligos shorter than 25 basepairs a formula is used to calculate RNA the melting point Oligo Concentration Concentrations are displayed in mg ml and pmol l pure RNA Concentration Run Application Figure 1
250. ng Tests In the ELISA Module 8 13 In Lot if desired enter the lot number of any reagent or kits being used in the test and select Yes if the concentration is lot number dependent In Shaking if desired select Yes to shake the plate before the measurement is made Note Shaking is only available for microplate measurements and is disabled when performing measurements on cuvette samples Note In kinetic measurements the plate is shaken before each measurement cycle If Shaking is selected in Time select the number of seconds to shake If Shaking is selected select Low Medium or High shaking intensity In Measurement Filter select the desired measurement wavelength Note Any wavelength within the instrument s range of 190 1000 nm may be selected To perform a bichromatic measurement in Reference Filter select a reference wavelength Note When a reference filter is selected the final measurement result is calculated by subtracting the reference filter measurement from that of the measurement filter Note Ifno reference filter is desired select lt gt In Parameter enter numeric values for up to eight variables that can be used in any formula defined in the test definition Note Parameter variables are typically used with test kits that have cutoff values or standard correction values based on lot number In Check Variable select Yes to display the Parameter variables after the measurement but bef
251. ng and Transferring Plate Formats nnna anaan annann 5 6 5 3 1 Uploading and Backing Up Plate Formats Stored in the Zenyth 200 5 8 5 3 2 Creating and Editing Plate Formats 0 cece neces 5 9 5 3 3 Deleting Plate Formats ve sssc6te eas bead hese bes PE RRS Seas ee es 5 11 5 3 4 Downloading Plate Formats to the Zenyth 200 5 13 5 4 Importing and Exporting Test Definition Files 005 5 14 5 4 1 Importing Test Definitions to the Test Database 5 15 5 4 2 Exporting Test Definitions from the Test Database 5 15 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows 0 00 n ene 5 17 5 5 1 Importing Measurement Results From the Zenyth 200st to the ADAP Software Database 0 cc eee eee eee nee 5 17 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Table of Contents vii 6 Performing Quick Measurements 6 1 OVERVIEW eosar er araea 65a a ba eee ce Lae EAA ER ARAA 6 1 6 1 1 Configuration Options for Microplates 0 00 00 00 ee eee 6 3 6 1 2 Configuration Options for Cuvettes 0 00 0 0 cece eee eee 6 4 6 2 Configuring Photometric Quick Measurements 00 00 e eee eee 6 5 6 2 1 Selecting Plate Format and Measurement Mode 6 6 6 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Quick Measurement 6 9 6 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Quick Measurement 6 11 6 2 4 Conf
252. nning and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples for information about running Quick measurements on cuvette samples 1 In Quick Read choose Eject Plate to eject the plate carrier from the instrument Figure 6 12 Place the microplate to be read onto the carrier and choose Load Plate to load the microplate into the instrument fa QuickRead Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate Ea Plate Type STANDARD Measurement Position Set Sample Measurement Mode Endpoint Photometric Me Measurement Filter 405 Reference Filter Shaking E Figure 6 12 Quick Read Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 23 2 Choose Start to begin the measurement When the measurement is complete Plate ID appears Figure 6 13 Note To stop a measurement in progress before it completes choose STOP Measurement OR In Quick Read choose Cancel to return to the ADAP software main screen without performing the measurement Figure 6 13 Plate ID 3 In Input Plate ID rename the plate if desired 4 Choose OK to save the measurement results to the database Note The default name format for saved measurement results is YYYYMMDD N where YYYY is the year MM the month DD the day and N the number of the measurement made that day ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 6 24 Performing Quick Measurements 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette
253. ns cceeeeeeeeees 12 37 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual xviii Figure 12 23 Result List for Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration cuvette applications sxcsccesassnncastesmnaspasernseesitviresartamcuetionsesterecs 12 39 Figure 12 24 Result List for the UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application 12 41 Figure 12 25 Curve Info for the UV Quantitation Protein cuvette application 12 42 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 1 1 Overview The ADAP software is a Windows based control program for the Zenyth 200 spectrophotometer It automatically recognizes whether the connected instrument is a standalone model for example the Zenyth 200st or controlled by the computer for example the Zenyth 200rt and enables the appropriate device control and data transfer functionality Two versions of the ADAP software are available for the Zenyth 200 ADAP Basic and ADAP Prisma The ADAP Basic software which is provided with the instrument is capable of performing several types of photometric measurements on microplate and cuvette samples e Single wavelength or bichromatic endpoint e Single wavelength or bichromatic kinetic e Multiwavelength e Spectral scan e Linear scan e Area scan Note Linear and area scan measurements may be performed only on microplates Upgrading to the ADAP Prisma software adds the ELISA and Quantitation modules
254. ntly run test to recalculate eeeeeeereees 11 22 Figure 11 19 Point 2 to recalculate x casicaseaunaysceurnceatseiwnces sacancandienecenasatenersaecexeunasaercermeeeasaes 11 23 Figure 11 20 Message Are you sure you want to recalculate seseeeeeesseeseeseeseseeseesee 11 25 Figure 11 21 Test measurement results printout excerpt sesssssssessssessessresressessrssressesse 11 27 Figure 11 22 Print s ssisecaatssaciwasiacncasanacvacibvadeianisseiocasereawarnanasaranp acne ansanamanaiaeen 11 28 Figure 11 23 Selection stored plates and cuvettes cecssseseseececeeeceescesceeseeseeceeseeeeees 11 31 Figure 12 1 Cuvette Applications cnnaczaccsictveexanasdiccarensnavenedanncexanesassunanssacenwetieeasentearaneanssisvanttecs 12 1 Figure 12 2 Quantitation Module Test Definition s iijsccsscsecevscssacesieasvnacesacendacansvstensvencsarassnceacies 12 3 Figure 12 3 Cell counting cuvette application sesesessssssseesessessseesresresseesessresseesseserssressesses 12 5 Figure 12 4 DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application s ssnsssssseseesseseresressesee 12 7 Figure 12 5 DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point cuvette application 12 9 Figure 12 6 DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point cuvette application 12 11 Figure 12 7 DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration cuvette application ceeeeeeeeeeteees 12 13 Figure 12 8 DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration
255. nual Figure 11 14 Note The Edit Sample ID function is only available when Sample ID is the tab displayed Edit Sample ID Formula gt FileH12x 68 Delete Well File H8 x 12 apie List of Sample ID Restore Well Copy all data into clipboard Copy displayed data into clipboard Save all data as TXT Save displayed data as TXT Figure 11 14 Edit Sample ID 3 Click the desired well in the layout and enter the new sample ID 4 Repeat step 3 until all desired sample IDs are entered 11 3 1 2 Importing Sample IDs From Text Files Sample IDs may be imported from standard text files or text files configured specifically for 96 well plates To import sample IDs from a text file 1 Choose Sample ID 2 In the Option menu select Edit Sample ID gt File H12 x V8 to import a text file specifically configured for a 96 well plate with 12 horizontal positions and 8 vertical positions OR File H8 x V12 to import a text file specifically configured for a 96 well plate with 8 horizontal positions and 12 vertical positions OR List of Sample ID to import any text file Note Sample IDs in a standard text file must be listed on separate lines ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 18 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 3 1 3 Viewing Printing and Copying Individual Sample ID Information Test information relevant to each sample ID well may be viewed printe
256. o Section 9 2 2 3 Selecting Tests to Perform on Sample IDs To combine tests on a single plate several test parameters such as measurement filter and plate orientation must match If tests cannot or are not selected to be combined several plate layouts are designed for the assay To create and view the Multitest plate layout From Multitest choose View Make Plate Layout Plate Layout appears Figure 9 4 A Plate Layout grid Standards controls and blanks Samples with 4 tests LILI 4 Para HL Spline Multitest plate ID Test names Figure 9 4 Plate Layout The Plate Layout grid displays the optimal plate layout When tests are combined on a plate each starts in a new column or row depending on the orientation set in the test definitions Information indicates via color and test name which tests and samples are displayed in the Plate Layout grid Two colors represent each test on the layout The darker shade on the left represents samples while the lighter shade on the right represents standards controls and blanks The plate ID appears below the color key Note To optimize the use of strips select a smaller or greater number of sample IDs for each test to avoid empty positions or to rearrange the sequence of tests Note Choose OK to close Plate Layout and return to Multitest ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual
257. o export a test definition from the database to a file 1 Inthe ADAP software From the Setup menu choose Instrument Instrument appears Figure 5 1 2 Select the Down Upload tab to display it Figure 5 13 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 16 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and C 3 In Import Export Test Definition choose Export from Database Selection appears Figure 5 15 4 items update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 5 15 Select test to export 4 Select the test definition to export from the test database Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions containing specific test definitions refer to Section 7 2 1 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Saved Measurement Results 5 Choose OK The selected test definition file is exported from the ADAP software test database as a test definition file that can be downloaded to the instrument Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 17 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows Test definitions measurement results and software upgrades may be transferred between the computer and the Zenyth 200st over a local area network via floppy disk or by using Microsoft ActiveSync Data transfers conducted with these methods use the Windows operating systems installed on the computer and instrument and do not re
258. oard These results can then be pasted into another application for storage or further analysis Note For example data from the ADAP software could be pasted into a spreadsheet with formulas or macros already configured to perform preliminary analysis on measurement results data Note The Curve Info tab for multiwavelength spectral scan and linear scan measurements includes additional options for copying data refer to Section 7 5 1 1 Copying and Pasting Curve Info Results Into Another Application To copy measurement results to the clipboard 1 Select the desired results tab to copy to the clipboard 2 From the Options menu choose Copy displayed data into clipboard to copy only the displayed results to the clipboard OR Choose Copy displayed data into clipboard from the toolbar OR From the Options menu choose Copy all data into clipboard to copy all results from a kinetic or scan measurement to the clipboard Note When copying Raw Data choosing Copy displayed data into clipboard copies only the cycle or well displayed To copy raw data results for all cycles or wells measured choose Copy all data into clipboard 3 Open or switch to the application where the measurement results will be pasted 4 Paste the measurement results into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have CTRL V assigned as the Paste command keyboard shortcut Anthos Labtec Instruments Gmb
259. ode Cancel Figure 8 18 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to edit and choose OK The chosen test definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 Edit the desired test definition parameters Note Refer to Section 8 2 Defining New Tests In the ELISA Module for detailed information about defining test definition parameters 6 From the File menu choose Save The test definition is saved in the database and may be used to run a test 7 From the File menu choose End to return to the ELISA module test definition setup screen Note Refer to Section 8 3 Saving Test Definitions for more information about different methods of saving test definition data and returning to the main ADAP screen ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 42 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 5 2 Copying Tests Test definition parameters may be copied by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To copy a test definition 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Quantitation only tests defined in the Quantitation module will be available to
260. ofiles 7 47 viewing measurement results 7 10 U updating firmware 5 2 user changing password 2 4 logging in 2 3 user administration adding new users 2 5 changing a password 2 4 editing existing user information 2 8 system administrator 2 2 user history log events stored in 2 10 user levels defined 2 1 V validation blank 8 24 example formulas 8 34 formula summaries 11 14 programming formulas 8 34 rejection validation formulas 8 31 test validation examples 8 34 viewing installed plates 3 3 measurement results 7 7 raw data 7 12 7 27 7 46 Quick measurement results OD measurements 7 8 raw data area scan measurements 7 46 kinetic measurements 7 12 linear scan measurements 7 27 W wells multiplication factors 8 10 10 12 rejecting outliers 11 25 restoring outliers 11 26 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH
261. ommunications and temperature settings System settings designate the file format and storage location of measurement results data the language in which the ADAP software is run and the text of printout header lines Configuring the ADAP software includes Configuring the instrument setup refer to Section 3 2 Configuring the Instrument Setup e Configuring system settings refer to Section 3 3 Configuring System Settings Note Only users with Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator access may configure instrument setup and system settings ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 3 2 Configuring the Instrument to Perform Meas ure 3 2 Configuring the Instrument Setup Instrument parameters are displayed and configured in Instrument Figure 3 1 Instrument is divided into five configuration areas Instrument Configures communications settings and displays instrument information refer to Section 3 2 1 Configuring Instrument Settings Filter Displays the range of wavelengths available for measurements No configuration is required Installed Plates Displays plate formats that can be used by the instrument refer to Section 3 2 2 Viewing Installed Plates Temperature Displays and sets the internal instrument temperature refer to Section 3 2 3 Setting the Instrument Temperature Service Code For Anthos service engineers only To access Ins
262. on ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Transferring Data Between the Instrument and C Editing and Transferring Plate Formats The Zenyth 200 supports microplate formats ranging from 6 to 384 wells Dimensions for each plate format are stored in a plate definition file on the instrument This plate definition file may be uploaded to the computer where it can be edited using the ADAP software Plate formats can be added edited or deleted from the plate definition file When editing is complete the plate definition file can be downloaded back to the Zenyth 200 Note Zenyth 200 plate data plt files are not the same as plate definition plt files used by the ADAP software When a plate definition file is downloaded to the instrument all plate formats saved in the file are copied to the instrument firmware erasing all previously stored plate formats For this reason backing up plate definition files uploaded from the instrument is important refer to Section 5 3 1 Uploading and Backing Up Plate Formats Stored in the Zenyth 200 Note Edit Plate Definition can edit plate formatting information stored in any plate definition file saved on the computer However it is intended to be used only to edit plate formats currently stored in the instrument firmware Edit Plate Definition provides the ability to e Create and edit plate formats refer to Section 5 3 2 Creating and Editing Plate Formats e
263. on 7 3 4 1 Viewing Spectral Scan Graphs e Status Displays which wells or cuvette samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Curve Info Displays optical density and percentage transmission values for a single sample at all points measured In the ADAP Prisma software more detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data is also displayed refer to Section 7 3 4 3 Viewing Spectral Scan Curve Info Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 23 7 3 4 1 Viewing Spectral Scan Graphs Graphic displays graph of spectral scan measurement results for all samples Figure 7 16 The wavelengths measured are plotted on the x axis OD values are plotted on the y axis To change the Graphic view e Use the scroll bars to view graphs for all samples if necessary e Click on a sample Select an option from the menu that appears e Curve Info Displays the Curve Info tab refer to Section 7 3 4 3 Viewing Spectral Scan Curve Info e Zoom Graph Displays a detailed graph of the results for the selected sample refer to Section 7 3 4 2 Viewing the Spectral Scan Graph for an Individual Sample e Show Graph Displays the Graph window where curves for all samples can be studied in greater detail with additional viewing and calculation options refer to Section 7
264. oncentration A s 106 pmole ul ug ml 1000 MW Concentration A e MW 103 ug ml pmol ul MW 1000 Fasman G D ed 1975 Sequence See optical properties of nucleic acids absorption and circular dichroism spectra CRC Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 3rd Edition Nucleic Acids Volume I p 589 CRC Press Melting Point DNA oligo long TM 81 5 16 6 logl0 Na 0 41 GC 600 size Bolton E and McCarthy B J 1962 PNAS 48 139 1397 Melting Point DNA oligo short TM A T 2 G HC 4 C ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 38 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results Measurement results for the Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement cuvette applications are displayed in four tabs e OD Displays the optical density for each sample measured refer to Section 7 3 1 1 Viewing Optical Density OD Measurement Results e Info Calc Displays a summary of each step performed in the cuvette application and indicates the success or failure of each step refer to Section 11 2 10 Viewing Test Status Information e Result List Displays a summary of the data evaluated by the application including parameters and measurement results refer to Section 12 4 4 1 Viewing the Result List For dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Cuvette Applications e Status Disp
265. only the measurement results shown for the cycle are copied To copy all raw data results each cycle needs to be copied individually or Copy all data into clipboard needs to be selected From the Options menu choose Copy displayed data into clipboard to copy only the displayed results to the clipboard OR Choose Copy all data into clipboard to copy all measurement results to the clipboard Open or switch to the application where measurement results will be pasted Paste the measurement results into a new or existing file using the Paste command for the application Note Most applications have a standard shortcut of CTRL V assigned to the Paste command ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 30 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 6 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files Measurement results can be saved to text files which can be viewed in any text editor or imported into many statistical software packages or spreadsheet applications To save measurement results to a text file 1 Select the desired results tab to save as a text file 2 From the Options menu choose Save displayed data as TXT to save only the displayed results as a text file OR From the Options menu choose Save all data as TXT to save all measurement results in one text file OR Select the desired command from the toolbar Note When saving Raw Data to a text file choosing Save displayed data as TXT copies onl
266. or AND to examine each individual replicate of PC1 to find if it is smaller than m the mean plus 10 and if it is bigger than the mean minus feed CA oe 10 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 34 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 2 8 2 Programming Test Validation Formulas Test validation formulas invalidate tests that do not meet certain conditions To program test validation formulas 1 In Formula enter the validation formula used to evaluate the test Note Refer to Section 8 2 8 2 1 Zest Validation Examples for examples of validation formulas Note The validation formula may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants mathematical operators lt gt and the additional mathematical and logical operators listed in Table 8 3 In Base select the basis for the evaluation e OD The raw data e Transformation Calculated using the transformation formula configured in Qualitative to operate on the raw data refer to Section 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations e Concentration Calculated using the standard curve configured in Quantitative refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Repeat steps 1 and 2 to program additional test validation formulas Note A total of 12 test validation formulas may be entered at one time Choose Valid
267. ore the results are evaluated This allows the variables to be changed to account for variations in lot dependent reagents Note Changes made to Parameter variables during a test run are automatically saved in the test definition ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 14 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Mo 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Quantitative configures parameters for standard curves concentration values and response and transformation formulas Quantitative is divided into five sections Standards Configures concentration and response formula parameters for standards refer to Section 8 2 3 1 Configuring Standards Curve Configures standard curve fitting parameters refer to Section 8 2 3 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters Factor Sets a multiplication factor which enables the concentration value to be scaled to the desired unit refer to Section 8 2 3 3 Configuring the Factor Use stored Standard Curve Loads a stored standard curve into the test definition refer to Section 8 2 3 4 Opening a Stored Standard Curve Transformation Configures a transformation formula to apply to concentrations refer to Section 8 2 4 3 Configuring a Transformation Formula To define a standard curve for a quantitative evaluation Select the Quantitative tab Figure 8 7 zip nh File Layout la x General ualtative Options Kinetic
268. orking with Measurement Results Stored in the ADAP Database 11 31 11 7 1 Opening or Deleting Measurement Results Stored In the Database 11 31 11 7 2 Saving Measurement Results to the Database 11 32 11 7 3 Repairing and Compressing the Database 11 32 12 Running Cuvette Applications T21 OVGRVICW 64 fc a PRR EG AG MOOR SO EER TRERERE CASE AGRER SHEER EERIE ARS 12 1 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 0 0 cece eee eee eee 12 3 12 2 1 Configuring a Cell Counting Cuvette Application 12 5 12 2 2 Configuring a DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application 12 7 12 2 3 Configuring a DNA Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application 24 d lt axcis doeeseesidaendeeaees 12 9 12 2 4 Configuring a DNA Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Cuvette Application nana 0 002 12 11 12 2 5 Configuring a DNA Pure dsDNA Concentration Cuvette Application caus cul eae ne aah e on cease bee ea eas 12 13 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual xii Wl o E 12 2 6 Configuring a DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration Cuvette Application 6444 sce ce eo akdoeanddatdoteeew esaetadins 12 15 12 2 7 Configuring a UV Quantitation Protein Cuvette Application 12 17 12 2 8 Configuring an RNA Oligo Concentration Cuvette Application 12 19 12 2 9 Configuring an RNA Pure RNA Concentration Cuvette Application 26dsa4s eeadeannsa
269. ose Set Temperature OR From the toolbar choose Temperature Temperature appears Figure 4 4 Note Actual Temperature displays the current temperature inside the instrument Note The temperature scale used is determined by the setting in Instrument refer to Section 3 2 Configuring the Instrument Setup The Fahrenheit scale is only available on instruments sold in the United States Temperature x Enter desired temperature Actual Temperature 27 0 C Cancel r Figure 4 4 Temperature ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual m 4 10 Manually Controlling the Instrument With the AD 2 In Temperature enter the desired incubation temperature Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F The incubation temperature will remain at the current setting until a different temperature is entered To turn temperature control off enter 0 3 Choose OK to set the incubation temperature and close Temperature OR Choose Cancel to close Temperature without changing the incubation temperature 4 4 2 Ejecting Plates To move the plate carrier and microplate outside the instrument From the Reading menu choose Eject Plate OR From the toolbar choose Eject Plate 4 4 3 Loading Plates To move the plate carrier and microplate inside the instrument From the Reading menu choose Load Plate OR From
270. osen test definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 From the File menu select Print Print appears Figure 8 26 Print si Printer SAGIANRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 m Options Fonts Arial Size fio v Cna Figure 8 26 Print ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 48 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Modu e 6 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 7 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines headings and table text are printed using formatting defined by the ADAP software 8 Choose OK print the data Note Ifthe selected printer is configured to print to a file such as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory where the application database and support files are stored Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 1 Overview Note A valid license code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to access the functions covered in this chapter Refer to Section 1
271. pace CD ROM Drive 4X Monitor 640x480 resolution Keyboard 101 key Mouse IBM compatible Serial Port 1 free serial port per instrument connected Operating Systems Windows 95 Y2K update required Windows 98 Y2K update 2 required Windows 98 Second Edition Windows Millennium Edition Windows NT 4 Service Pack 5 or higher Windows 2000 Windows XP Web Browser Internet Explorer 4 01 Service Pack 2 or later Database Microsoft Data Access Components MDAC 2 6 Note The ADAP software installer automatically installs MDAC 2 6 if it is not present on the system ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 1 4 Installing and Launching the ADAP Software 1 2 2 Running the Setup Program The ADAP software setup program installs all of the components required for the ADAP software to run To install the ADAP software Note Before installing the ADAP software on a computer equipped with Windows NT 4 2000 or XP set up with multiple user accounts the user must log into an account with Administrator privileges Users logged into an account with Limited access are not permitted to install the software 1 Exit all open Windows programs before running the ADAP software setup program 2 Insert the ADAP software installation CD into the CD ROM drive After a few seconds the ADAP software setup program appears Note Ifthe ADAP software setup program does not appear automatical
272. perators Standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard PC for positive control and NC for negative control ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 14 15 16 10 2 4 1 10 20 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation M Under Set Measurement Parameter enter a Name for the results calculated by the transformation formula if desired The name is displayed in the kinetic measurement results tab If desired use the Quantitation tab to configure standards and standard curve fitting refer to Section 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests Data Reduction Methods In kinetic measurements data reduction methods are used to determine a single value per sample based on the results of a sequence of measurements over a period of time Table 10 1 describes the twelve data reduction methods supported by the ADAP software Data Reduction Method Table 10 1 Data Reduction Methods Description Additional Configuration Average Slope Determines the average slope of the reaction curve by calculating the average of all linear regressions calculated over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence A decreasing slope shows a decline Smoothing Points Delta OD Difference between the first and last kinetic measurements in optical density OD N A Delta OD Ma
273. plate reader Setting a specific Baudrate such as 9600 requires that the Baudrate setting on the instrument match that in the ADAP software Note The Zenyth 200 supports baudrates of 9600 19200 and 38400 2 In COM Port select Auto Sense or the serial communications port on the back of the computer to which the microplate reader is connected 3 In Instrument Type select Zenyth 200 4 Select Read Configuration Plate formats stored in the instrument are read and displayed in Installed Plates 3 2 2 Viewing Installed Plates Installed Plates displays all the plate formats that can be used in measurements performed by the instrument Note Installed Plates is automatically populated when Read Configuration is selected in Instrument Note Refer to Section 5 3 Editing and Transferring Plate Formats for more information about using microplates with the instrument ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 3 4 Configuring the Instrument to Perform Measurer 3 2 3 Setting the Instrument Temperature The Zenyth 200 features the ability to perform temperature controlled incubations To set the temperature 1 In Type select Celsius or Fahrenheit Note The Fahrenheit scale is available only on instruments sold in the United States 2 Choose Read Temperature to display the current instrument temperature 3 In Set Temperature enter the desired temperature for incubation Note The incubation temperatur
274. plication Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter a new Conversion Factor if desired Note The default conversion factor is 40 7 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results 8 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 23 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications Cuvette samples are manually loaded into the cuvette holder at the back of the instrument after the cuvette application is configured and the light output from the lamp has stabilized Running cuvette measurements is controlled from Cuvette Reading which includes options to perform blank measurements and re read samples When the measurement
275. pplications 12 31 12 4 Viewing Cuvette Application Measurement Results After measurements are performed on all samples in a cuvette application the measurement results are displayed in a series of tabs in the ADAP software main window The tabs displayed vary depending on which cuvette application was performed e Cell Counting Displays OD Info Calc Result List and Status refer to Section 12 4 1 Viewing Cell Counting Measurement Results e DNA Concentration and Purity Displays Status Graphic Info Calc Result List and Curve Info refer to Section 12 4 2 Viewing DNA Concentration and Purity Measurement Results DNA and RNA Oligo Displays OD Info Calc Result List and Status refer to Section 12 4 3 Viewing DNA and RNA Oligo Measurement Results Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Displays OD Info Calc Result List and Status refer to Section 12 4 4 Viewing Pure dsDNA ssDNA and RNA Concentration Measurement Results e UV Quantitation Protein Displays Status Graphic Info Calc Result List and Curve Info refer to Section 12 4 5 Viewing UV Quantitation Protein Measurement Results This chapter covers only tabs that present information unique to cuvette applications Tabs that appear identical to Quick or test measurement results are covered in detail in Chapter 7 Viewing Quick Measurement Results and Chapter 11 Viewing Test and Multitest Assay Measurement
276. quire the ADAP software or the Zenyth onboard software to be running at the time of the transfer Note The ADAP software currently does not support transferring test definitions measured plate data and standalone software updates between the computer and Zenyth 200st using the options in the Down Upload tab Instead of using the Down Upload tab to transfer test definitions measured plate data and standalone software updates between the computer and Zenyth 200st test definitions stored in the ADAP software database must be exported to individual test definition dwr files before they can be transferred to the Zenyth 200st refer to Section 5 4 Importing and Exporting Test Definition Files Data transfer methods e Local area network LAN Connect the Zenyth 200st standalone instrument to a local area network LAN using the built in Ethernet adaptor on the instrument and copy data between shared folders on the computer and instrument Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information Floppy disk Copy files from the instrument to a floppy disk Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information about connecting a USB compatible floppy drive to the instrument e Microsoft ActiveSync Use ActiveSync to synchronize data stored on a PC and an instrument running the Windows CE operating system such as the Zenyth 200st For the most recent information about ActiveSync visit the Microsoft web
277. r an Individual Well or Cuvette Sample Kinetic Graphs for individual wells or cuvette samples can be viewed in detail Positioning the cursor over any point on the curve displays the x and y coordinate values of that position in the upper right corner of the tab To display the Kinetic Graph for a single well or cuvette sample In Kinetic Graph click on the desired well to view Kinetic Graph displays the detailed kinetic graph for the selected well or cuvette sample Figure 7 11 To return to the main Kinetic Graph view Click on the detailed kinetic graph Kinetic Graph displays kinetic graphs for all wells or cuvette samples Figure 7 10 Note Print Graph prints kinetic measurement graphs for all measured wells and cuvette samples not the individual well or cuvette sample being viewed in detail refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode 101 x f Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help 8 x sgg 44m w em R B Eisa Mes PE T E L 1 fZenytn 200 51010207 Calculate OD Status RawData Kinetic Graph Measurement time 00 04 06 Scale Y 4 000 Print Graph Cycle 15 15 Position C1 Displays the x and y axis values corresponding to the location of the cursor when positioned over the graph Time or number of cycle J Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 11 Kinetic graph for a single well or cuvette sample Anthos Labtec Ins
278. ral scan Under Set Measurement Parameter in End Wavelength enter the longest wavelength to be measured in the spectral scan Under Set Measurement Parameter select Transmission to measure transmission instead of absorbance if desired Under Set Measurement Parameter select a Data Reduction method if desired e Maximum Peak The highest optical density OD or transmission value measured e Maximum Peak Wavelength The wavelength of the maximum optical density OD or transmission measured e Minimum Valley The lowest optical density OD or transmission value measured e Minimum Valley Wavelength The wavelength of the minimum optical density OD or transmission measured If a data reduction method is selected enter the number of Smoothing Points to use in the calculation Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 24 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 10 2 6 Configuring an Area Scan Photometric Test Area scan test measurements perform absorbance or transmission measurements at a number of points across each well Area scans can measure samples on 6 12 24 48 and 96 well microplates and are performed at the maximum resolution allowed by the plate type Note Area scan test measurements may be performed only on microplate samples To perform an area scan test measurement 1 In Plates
279. raph Printouts 7 60 7 4 3 3 Viewing Area Scan Graph Printouts 7 61 7 5 Exporting Quick Measurement Results to Other Applications 7 62 7 5 1 Copying and Pasting Measurement Results Into Another Application 7 62 7 5 1 1 Copying and Pasting Curve Info Results Into Another Application 0 000 cece cece eee 7 63 7 5 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files 00 7 65 7 5 2 1 Saving Curve Info Table Data as a Text File 7 66 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH LEKTE ix 8 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 1 OVERVIEW sofus reeea niapi eat 4en ae edn eae heen tease Ea 8 1 8 1 1 Choosing the Appropriate Module For Configuring Test Parameters 8 2 8 2 Defining New Tests In the ELISA Module 0 2 00 e eee eee 8 3 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 8 5 8 2 1 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters 8 6 8 2 1 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels in Control Position sssusa wee kee ek na ORE Ree aS 8 7 8 2 1 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout 8 8 8 2 1 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples 8 10 8 2 1 5 Completing the Sample Layout 8 11 8 2 2 Configuring General Options 4 ascc css saved ev eayesaed es 8 12 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations 00 0 e eee 8 14
280. re 5 16 open eh Look in a Analysis Software e ex ES 3 1 plt 3 2002_06_21_4 PLT 3 2002_06_14_4 PLT 3 2002_06_24_1 PLT 3 2002_06_14_5 PLT 3 2002_06_27_1 PLT 3 2002_06_14_6 PLT 3 2002_06_27_2 PLT a 2002_06_17_1 PLT 3 2002_06_28_1 PLT 3 2002_06_17_2 PLT 3 2002_06_28_2 PLT 2 2002_06_18_1 PLT 2 2002_06_18_2 PLT 8 2002_06_20_1 PLT 3 2002_06_20_2 PLT 3 2002_06_21_2 PLT File name ema i Files of type Evaluated Plates File plt bd Cancel My Network P Test Definition File Evaluated Plates File Figure 5 16 Selecting Evaluated Plates 6 In File of type select Evaluated Plates File plt 7 Select the desired measured plate file plt and choose Open The selected measured plate file test definition file dwr and if required raw data file raw or txt are automatically imported to the ADAP software database Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 6 1 Performing Quick Measurements 6 1 Overview The ADAP software is capable of performing photometric Quick measurements Quick measurements are configured in Quick Read which is designed to allow measurement parameters to be changed quickly and easily Figure 6 1 Quick measurements do not require defining tests Note Tests may only be defined and run in the ADAP Prisma software Tests offer additional measurement parameters that are configured in test definitions which may be saved reused
281. rement results if desired 9 Choose OK to save the measurement results to the database Note The default name format for saved cuvette measurements is YYYYMMDD Nc where YYYY is the year MM the month DD the day N the number of the measurement made that day and c denotes cuvette Note Refer to Section 12 4 Viewing Cuvette Application Measurement Results for information about how measurement results are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 29 12 3 1 Reading Cuvette Blank Samples A blank sample may be run before running the cuvette application on samples The blank value is subtracted from the measurement results for subsequent samples measured in the cuvette application Note If desired a new blank sample can be read at any point during a cuvette application The new blank value is then subtracted from subsequent measurements To read a blank sample 1 Choose Read Blank Before inserting the blank sample into the cuvette holder the instrument must stabilize the light output of the lamp Note Time left displays the time remaining until lamp stabilization is complete Lamp stabilization may take up to 60 seconds Cuvette Reading File Option Action Lamp stabilization time Please wait Timelet 00 00 53 Samples to read Samples read Fiza Actual Value i fi STOP Measurement Figure 12 18 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization time ADAP Software for
282. rements can be performed To save a test definition during configuration From the File menu choose Save The test definition remains open for further editing Note Before a test definition can be saved the test must be named and samples must be configured in Define Layout To save a test definition and return to the main ADAP screen From the File menu choose Close The test definition is saved in the database and may be used to run a test To return to the main ADAP screen without saving the test definitions 1 From the File menu choose Cancel Message appears Figure 10 14 Messa Save Data a Figure 10 14 Message Save Data 2 Choose No to close Quantitation Module Test Definition without saving the test definition OR Choose Yes to save the test definition to the database and close Quantitation Module Test Definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 33 10 4 Running Existing Tests Tests may be run as soon as they are defined and saved All test definitions are stored in the ADAP software database To run a test zT 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation ge Quantitation if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Elisa only tests defined in the ELISA module will be available to run 2 From the Reading menu choose Single Test OR E Choose Measure single
283. res a multiwavelength measurement refer to Section 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test Under Set Measurement Parameter in WL1 enter the desired measurement wavelength Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 28 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations For endpoint multiwavelength and kinetic measurements the Quantitation tab configures parameters for standard curves concentration values and response formulas Note Quantitation is available only when endpoint multiwavelength or kinetic measurements are being configured Quantitation is divided into two sections e Standards Configures concentration and response formula parameters for standards refer to Section 10 2 8 1 Configuring Standards e Standard curve Configures standard curve fitting parameters refer to Section 10 2 8 2 Configuring Standard Curve Parameters To configure quantitative parameters Select the Quantitation tab Figure 10 13 i Quantitation Module Test Definition File General i Applications Standards Standard curve Concentration Response Formula PonttoPont i Anis KY fin Extrapolation fo Units Concentrat Validate Curve Min Correlation E 0 Figure 10 13 Quantitation Module Test Definition Quantitatio
284. rformed lamp stabilization may take up to 60 seconds Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Cuvette Reading File Option Action Lamp stabilization time Please wait Time left 00 00 53 Samples to read Samples read Head Reread Actual Value Pead Blank STOP Measurement ooo Figure 6 21 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization time Performing Quick Measurements 6 31 2 When Place Cuvette appears in Action insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder with the clear sides facing the left and right sides of the instrument The blank measurement begins automatically once the cuvette is loaded Note For all types of measurements except kinetic the cuvette must be placed in the holder within 20 seconds after Place Cuvette appears Time left displays the time remaining to insert the cuvette If the 20 seconds expires before the cuvette is inserted in the cuvette holder the error Bright measurement not valid any longer appears Choose Read Blank to perform a new lamp stabilization Note The cuvette holder door does not need to be closed during the measurement Choose Stop Measurement to cancel a blank measurement in progress When the blank measurement is complete remove the cuvette The blank value obtained will be automatically subtracted from following cuvette measurements Note The Read Blank button displays Blank Active when a blank measurement is being used in the calculation of measurement results
285. riable Variable 1 v1 ee Variable 2 v2 0 0 Variable 3 v3 110 0 Variable 4 v4 0 0 Variable 5 v5 0 0 Variable 6 v6 0 0 Variable 7 V7 0 0 Variable 8 v8 poema Figure 10 25 Quantitation Module Test Definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ig and Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 43 3 From the File menu choose Open Selection appears with a list of saved test definitions Figure 10 26 4 items update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 10 26 Selection test definitions 4 Select a test to be printed and choose OK The chosen test definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 From the File menu select Print Print appears Figure 10 27 Print si Printer SAGIANRAS eroxRandD1 NeQ2 m Options Fonts Arial Size fio v crest Figure 10 27 Print ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 44 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 6 In Printer select the desired printer to use to print the information All printers that are properly installed and configured on the computer are listed 7 In Options select the desired Font and text Size Note Body text is printed in the selected Font and Size Headlines
286. rn to the measurement results of the test i x Plate 20030310 1 Exists Delete old data e coe Figure 11 1 Plate exists message OR Choose Cancel to cancel any changes and return to the original test measurement results Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 25 11 4 2 Rejecting Outliers and Recalculating Results Individual wells may be rejected as outliers Tests can be recalculated with these outliers eliminated Note Only tests configured in the ELISA module may be recalculated with outliers eliminated tests configured in the Quantitation module may not To reject outliers and recalculate test results 1 In any measurement results tab that displays well data in plate format click the well to reject 2 From the Options menu choose Delete Well OR Right click the well to reject and select Delete Well The selected well is labeled Rejected Note To reject multiple wells simultaneously click and drag over the wells to be rejected and choose Delete Well as described in step 2 above 3 When all wells to be rejected have been marked as such on the toolbar choose Calculate Message appears Figure 11 20 Sn 4re you sure you want to recalculate lt a S Figure 11 20 Message Are you sure you want to recalculate 4 Choose Yes to recalculate the test measurements OR Choose No to cancel the recalculation Note A message appears st
287. roll bars to view graphs for all wells on the plate if necessary e Click on a sample Choose an option from the menu that appears Curve Info Displays the Curve Info tab refer to Section 7 3 5 4 Viewing Linear Scan Curve Info Zoom Graph Displays a detailed graph of the results for the selected sample refer to Section 7 3 5 3 Viewing the Linear Scan Graph for Individual Wells Show Graph Displays the Graph window where curves for all samples can be studied in greater detail with additional viewing and calculation options refer to Section 7 3 6 Viewing and Performing Calculations on Curves in the Graph Window Note Show Graph is only availible in the ADAP Prisma software To print Scan Choose Print Graph to print the graphs for all wells measured refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 30 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 5 3 Viewing the Linear Scan Graph for Individual Wells Linear scan graphs for individual wells can be viewed in detail To display the linear scan graph for an individual well 1 In Scan click on the desired well to view 2 Choose Zoom Graph from the menu that appears Scan displays the detailed linear scan graph for the selected well Figure 7 21 To return the main Scan view Click on the detailed linear scan graph Scan displays linear scan graphs for all wells Figure 7 21 Note Print Graph prin
288. rowth of bacterial cultures An absorbance measurement is made at 600 nm The measurement value is multiplied by a dilution factor and conversion factor to determine the concentration of cells per ml To configure the cell counting cuvette application 1 Open the Applications tab following the steps in Section 12 2 Configuring Cuvette Applications 2 In the Applications pane if a appears to the left of Cells choose the or Cells to open the tree view Cell counting appears under Cells 3 Choose Cell counting Application Parameters displays parameters that can be configured and information about the application Figure 12 3 i Quantitation Module Test Definition 5 x File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Applications Application Parameters El Cells Sample Count El DNA Dilution Factor Concentration and Purity Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Conversion factor 1 o 8 Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point pure dsDNA Concentration This function is useful for monitoring growth of bacterial cultures DNA C taki The software can also convert the absorbance reading into FRUG S oncentration concentration with units of cells ml if provided with a conversion Protein factor UV Quantitation Protein The conversion factor is multiplied by the absorbance reading and RNA the dilution factor to calculate the concentration of cells per ml Oligo Concentration For examp
289. rst well selected with ee el new Factor entered Numbers Figure 10 6 Define Layout Factor microplate To enter multiplication factors 1 Choose Factor 2 Select a well or cuvette and enter numerical value for the Factor Figure 10 6 Note Select multiple wells or cuvettes by clicking and dragging over the desired range When a new factor is entered for the first well or cuvette selected all selected wells or cuvettes are assigned the new factor 3 Repeat the previous step for all wells or cuvettes desired Note F can be entered in transformation formulas and refers to the individual multiplication factor for each well position entered in Factor F is typically used in quantitative transformation formulas to correct the concentration of samples for their dilution factor for example X X F Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 13 10 2 1 2 5 Completing the Sample Layout When all parameters are configured and samples defined save and close Define Layout and return to the General tab to continue configuring the test definition To close Define Layout and continue configuring the test 1 From the File menu choose End to close Define Layout and save the new plate or cuvette parameters OR From the File menu choose Cancel to close Define Layout without saving the new plate or cuvette parameters Note In the File menu Print and Open perform t
290. ry Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 29 11 6 Exporting Measurement Results to Other Applications Measurement results can be exported to other applications for further analysis or manipulation The ADAP software provides three methods to export test measurement data e Data can be copied to the clipboard and pasted into another application such as a word processor refer to Section 11 6 1 Copying Measurement Results to Clipboard e Data can be saved to a text file and then opened by or imported into another application refer to Section 11 6 2 Saving Measurement Results as Text Files e The entire test measurement database can be exported and opened in Microsoft Access or a compatible database application refer to Section 11 6 3 Exporting the Database 11 6 1 Copying Measurement Results to Clipboard The measurement results displayed in any tab can be copied to the clipboard The data in the clipboard can then be pasted into any other application for storage or further analysis Note For example the clipboard data could be pasted into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet with formulas or macros already created such that some preliminary analysis is automatically performed once the data is pasted into the document To copy measurement results to the clipboard 1 Select the desired results tab to copy to the clipboard Note When copying the Raw Data tab
291. ry e Click on a sample Choose an option from the menu that appears e Curve Info Displays the Curve Info tab refer to Section 7 3 3 4 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Curve Info e Zoom Graph Displays a detailed graph of the results for the selected sample refer to Section 7 3 3 3 Viewing the Multiwavelength Graph for an Individual Sample e Show Graph Displays the Graph window where curves for all samples can be studied in greater detail with additional viewing and calculation options refer to Section 7 3 6 Viewing and Performing Calculations on Curves in the Graph Window Note Show Graph is only availible in the ADAP Prisma software To print Graphic Choose Print Graph to print the graphs for all wells or cuvette samples measured refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode olx 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help l x seg aau wea R B Eisa Ree PHT E L 1 zenyth 200 S5N 01020 Raw Data Status Curve Info Measurement time 00 01 23 Scale Y 1 000 Pita Pita Wavelength 4 4 pO Anthos Labtec Instuments sss Labtec Instruments Figure 7 13 Measurement results multiwavelength Graphic cuvette ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 20 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 3 3 Viewing the Multiwavelength Graph for an Individual Sample The multiwavelength Graphic for an indi
292. s 7 12 7 3 2 1 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Reduced Data 7 13 7 3 2 2 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Raw Data 7 14 7 3 2 3 Viewing Kinetic Measurement Graphs 7 15 7 3 2 4 Viewing the Kinetic Graph for an Individual Well or Cuvette Samples cia sa we Pass kee nares cca bee ead 7 16 7 3 3 Viewing Multiwavelength Photometric Measurement Results 7 17 7331 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Raw Data 7 18 7 3 3 2 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Graphs 7 19 7 3 3 3 Viewing the Multiwavelength Graph for an Individual Sample oann dncd seed eneaad Gennes 7 20 7 3 3 4 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Curve Info 7 21 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual viii Wl o TE 7 3 4 Viewing Spectral Scan Measurement Results 7 22 7 3 4 1 Viewing Spectral Scan Graphs 0000 7 23 7 3 4 2 Viewing the Spectral Scan Graph for an Individual Sample 7 24 7 3 4 3 Viewing Spectral Scan Curve Info 7 25 7 3 5 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Results 00 7 26 7 3 5 1 Viewing Linear Scan Measurement Raw Data 7 27 7 3 5 2 Viewing Linear Scan Graphs 00005 7 28 7 3 5 3 Viewing the Linear Scan Graph for Individual Wells 7 30 7 3 5 4 Viewing Linear Scan Curve Info 7 31 7 3 6 Viewing and Performing Calculations on Curves in the Graph Window
293. s Group 1 Cutoff Formula 1 Group 2 Cutoff Formula 2 Group 3 Cutoff Formula 3 Group 4 Cutoff Formula 4 Group 5 Interpretation foo gt Factor Meas Value fi Transformation No O Yes HE fc Plate O Row Column Units k gt Figure 8 9 ELISA module test definition configuration Qualitative tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ing and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 21 8 2 4 1 Configuring Groups and Cutoff Formulas Groups defines group names and cutoff formulas to separate them Up to five group names and four cutoff formulas may be defined 1 In Group 1 Group 5 enter names for the groups to be separated by the cutoff formulas 2 In Cutoff Formula 1 Cutoff Formula 4 enter the cutoff formulas that separate the samples into groups Note Each cutoff formula may be defined as one of the well types defined on the plate or as a mathematical formula The result of the formula is then used as the related cutoff value 3 In Interpretation select the basis for the cutoff calculation OD Optical Density Concentration Transformation or Transf Conc Note Transformation refers to the result of the qualitative transformation formula based on measurement values Transf Conc refers to the result of the quantitative transformation formula based on concentrations 8 2 4 2 Configuring the Factor In Factor if desired enter a multiplication
294. s Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 21 7 3 3 4 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Curve Info Curve Info displays the OD and transmission values at each wavelength measured for a single sample Figure 7 15 The ADAP Prisma software also displays more detailed information about the curve including values of peaks valleys and average slope To view Curve Info for a different well or cuvette sample Choose Previous Sample to view Curve Info for the previous sample OR Choose Next Sample to view Curve Info for the next sample To print Curve Info measurement results for all samples Choose Print To print Curve Info tables for the displayed sample Right click in a Curve Info table and choose the desired printing option refer to Section 7 4 2 1 Printing Curve Info Data Tables ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode olx f Database Reading Setup Options End windows Help x 2a 652 age h So Curve Info This data appears only in the MaxSlope Increment MaxSlope Decrement Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 15 Measurement results multiwavelength Curve Info cuvette ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 22 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 4 Viewing Spectral Scan Measurement Results Results for spectral scan Quick measurements are displayed in three tabs e Graphic Displays graphs of spectral scan measurement results for all samples refer to Secti
295. s and standard curve fitting for endpoint and kinetic test measurements refer to Section 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Note A third tab Applications is also available in the Quantitation module Use this tab to run preconfigured cuvette tests Refer to Chapter 12 Running Cuvette Applications for information about running preconfigured cuvette tests To define a new test e Select the sample format microplate or cuvette and configure the use of standards blanks controls replicates and samples in the test refer to Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options e Choose the type of measurement to perform and configure the measurement parameters available Available measurement types are Endpoint photometric performs a single wavelength or bichromatic endpoint measurement refer to Section 10 2 2 Configuring an Endpoint Photometric Test e Multiwavelength photometric performs up to eight absorbance or transmission measurements at different wavelengths refer to Section 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test e Kinetic photometric performs a series of single wavelength or bichromatic measurements over a specified time interval for each sample refer to Section 10 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Test e Spectral scan photometric performs a spectral scan measurement at all wavelengths within a specified bandwidth refer to
296. s for examples of replicate rejection formulas Note Replicate rejection formulas may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants mathematical operators lt gt and the additional mathematical and logical operators listed in Table 8 3 3 In Min Repl Minimum Replicates enter the minimum number of replicates that must be left after elimination for the test to remain valid Note If after elimination the minimum number of replicates for a well type is not met the test is marked Invalid 4 In Base select the basis for the evaluation e OD The raw data e Transformation Calculated using the transformation formula configured in Qualitative to operate on the raw data refer to Section 8 2 4 Configuring Qualitative Evaluations e Concentration Calculated using the standard curve configured in Quantitative refer to Section 8 2 3 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations 5 Repeat steps 2 4 to program additional replicate rejection formulas Note A total of 12 replicate rejection formulas may be entered at one time 6 Choose Replicate Rejection 7 12 to toggle back and forth between formulas 1 6 and 7 12 Note When replicate rejection formulas 7 12 are displayed Replicate Rejection 7 12 is named Replicate Rejection 1 6 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH efining and Running Tests Inthe ELISA Module 8 33 8 2 8 1
297. samples refer to Section 10 2 1 2 4 Entering Multiplication Factors for Samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 8 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation M To open Define Layout In the General tab under Plates choose Edit Define Layout Define Layout appears Figure 10 3 Define Layout File Edit Control Position Options Type l Standard fi Plate Type Numbers Filling Direction Vertical Replicate No Direction i Horizontal Meoris Well Labels A1 42 A3 B1 B2 z Plate Layout Factor Figure 10 3 Define Layout microplate 10 2 1 2 1 Configuring Sample Format Parameters Options configures microplate sample format parameters including plate type strip use filling direction replicates and well labeling format Note Options is only available when configuring sample format parameters for microplates To configure plate parameters in Options 1 In Plate Type choose the type of microplate used in the test 2 In Filling Direction select how samples are numbered based on the filling direction of the plate e Vertical Sample labels are numbered in ascending order column by column e Horizontal Sample labels are numbered in ascending order row by row 3 In Replicate No Direction select the number of replicates to be used for each sample and set the filling direction of replicates e Vertical Replicate labels are num
298. se is repaired OR From the Database menu select Compress Database to remove empty fields The database is compressed Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications 12 1 Overview Note A valid license code for the ADAP Prisma software is required to access the functions covered in this chapter Refer to Section 1 3 Launching the ADAP Software for information about license codes The ADAP software provides a set of predefined cuvette applications All nine applications are configured and run from the Applications tab in the Quantitation Module Test Definition Figure 12 1 All authorized users may configure and perform cuvette applications Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Cuvette Applications Applications Application Parameters E Cells m Sample Count Cell counting E DNA Dilution Factor Concentration and Purity Oligo Long Concentration Melting Point Conversion factor a 0 8 Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point pure dsDNA Concentration This function is useful for monitoring growth of bacterial cultures F The software can also convert the absorbance reading into pure ssDNA Concentration concentration with units of cells ml if provided with a conversion E Protein factor UV Quantitation Protein The conversion factor is multiplied by the absorbance reading and RNA the dilution factor to calculate the concentration of
299. seseeses 7 53 Figure 7 40 General measurement results OD and Status excerpt ceceecceesceeeteeeeeeeees 7 54 Fig re TAL PriNt ss sa cusascsetprnwsdessun evasntennteaasetasvaatanmniausatswaselisaietaesaasneedsasealoeabnvwassuansousacsnenvesavmeuneaas 7 55 Figure 7 42 Curve Info print options cccsaszsssvivnocsiccansssaccinsdndansacaavcannss sdecangstasispsnsdncedolssdccaasaccinm 7 56 Figure 7 43 Kinetic raw data printout with three cycles excerpt ce eeeeeeceteeneeereeereeeeeeeees 7 57 Figure 7 44 Linear scan raw data printout excerpt ee ecceecceeeseeeeceesceceeceeeeeeeesseecsseenseenees 7 57 Figure 7 45 Area scan raw data printout excerpt siicessasaienctastidecsasliccisde ind tnaexeeenemeantonces 7 58 Figure 7 46 Curve Info printout for a multiwavelength measurement ADAP Prisma excerpt 7 58 Figur 7 47 PriNt nasssnessaasoansiphcateseseaders nonce Davaszawetesndacevavscaw tadesqueaia ER EE EERE EE EAE TREE Ea 7 59 Figure 7 48 Kinetic graph printout excerpt saccierssasticsdasiyectdshaveesscawesensseevecnestasieacdosiesduisivessses 7 60 Figure 7 49 Linear scan graph printout excerpt sessssssseessessesssssressessteseesseesessrneseeseeseessee 7 60 Figure 7 50 Area scan graph printout EXCELpt icasssdeas ceesaccinsesthiccnedatecteaviecereeciaiecnntettan 7 61 Figure 7 51 Curve Info copy Opti sacceccaceacorcanesaenesesecessenseacanancedcenustoeessuanestanenstanesstinacesnentess 7 63 Figure 7 352 SAVE S air
300. sesseseeesr seres seseo 6 9 Figure 6 6 Quick Read Shaking s esssensseseeseeesseesessensstesesrsstesersrssesseesessnestessesrssressesr 6 10 Figure 6 7 Quick Read Multiwavelength photometric measurement ccceteeeeeeeeee 6 11 Figure 6 8 Quick Read Kinetic Photometric measureMent ce eeeeeeseceeceeeceeeeneeeeeeeeees 6 13 Figure 6 9 Quick Read Scan Wavelength measurement cccccceceseceeeceeeeeeseeeeseeeteenees 6 17 Figure 6 10 Quick Read Scan Area measurement cceececeseceecseeeeeeeeeeeceaecneeseeeeeeerees 6 19 Figure 6 11 Quick Read Scan Linear measurement cccceccescesseeseeceteceeeeeeseecseeceteeeees 6 21 Figure 6 12 Quick Read esseseesseessessessesseessessesseessersosseessenssesorssessonsoessesseesosssrsseessesorsseesoeseso 6 22 Rig re 6 13 Plate TD eain A E 6 23 Figure 6 14 Quick Read cuvette spectral SCAN ceeecccecssecsteceseesseeceeceeeeeeeenseecsseeneenees 6 24 Figure 6 15 Cuvette Reading Select sample to read eccceceecceenseceeceteceeeeeeseeesaeesees 6 25 Figure 6 16 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization cccccceeeccsssceeseeceseceeeceeeeeescecsaeeseeeaes 6 26 Figure 6 17 Cuvette Reading Place Cuvette saicasissaivcadsaccvaatsaeiscaavssarvanspaaccareraecsesersacvannstoceaas 6 27 Figure 6 18 Cuvette Reading spectral scan results with Graph Preview ceseeeeseeees 6 28 Figure 6 19 Cuvette Reading endpoint res
301. site http www microsoft com and perform a search for ActiveSync 5 5 1 Importing Measurement Results From the Zenyth 200st to the ADAP Software Database Measurement results from tests defined and performed using the Zenyth 200st standalone software may be imported to the ADAP software database for future evaluation To import measurement results 1 On the Zenyth 200st instrument use Windows CE to browse to the directory where the measured plate plt and test definition dwr files are stored Note Both the measured plate plt and test definition dwr files must be transferred to the computer before importing them into the database For multiwavelength kinetic and area linear and spectral scan measurements the raw data file raw or txt must also be transferred ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual Transferring Data Between the Instrument and 2 Transfer the measured plate file plt test definition file dwr and if necessary the raw data file raw or txt to the same directory on the computer using a Local Area Network LAN floppy disk or Microsoft ActiveSync refer to Section 5 5 Transferring Data Between the Zenyth 200st and Computer Using Microsoft Windows 3 In the ADAP software choose Instrument from the Setup menu Instrument appears 4 Choose Down Upload Figure 5 13 5 In Import Export Test Definition choose Import to Database Open appears Figu
302. smoothed curves 7 40 opening saved smooth curves 7 42 overview 7 32 printing 7 44 saving smoothed curves 7 41 smoothed curves 7 40 viewing curve properties 7 35 viewing individual curves 7 34 zooming by dragging over region 7 39 by fixed percentages 7 38 Graphic tab 11 12 H Help menu 1 7 l Info Calculation tab 11 13 initialize instrument 4 3 4 10 installing system requirements 1 3 instrument adc diode values 4 3 check plate 4 3 configuring instrument settings 3 3 functions 4 3 initializing 4 10 light source info 4 4 manually controlling eject plate 4 3 initialize 4 3 load plate 4 3 stop 4 3 plates viewing 3 3 sensor state 4 3 status 4 4 status report 4 4 temperature settings 3 4 viewing errors warnings 4 4 viewing information 4 4 copying to clipboard 4 5 saving as text file 4 5 viewing log file 4 4 K kinetic measurements raw data printing 7 55 viewing 7 12 L license code 1 5 linear regression 8 17 10 31 linear scan measurements configuring 6 19 6 21 10 24 10 26 loading plates 4 3 4 10 logging in 2 3 overview 2 1 logical combinations ABS defined 8 35 AND defined 8 35 CV defined 8 35 F defined 8 35 L defined 8 35 NOT defined 8 35 OR defined 8 35 POW defined 8 35 SQR defined 8 35 V defined 8 35 X defined 8 35 XOR defined 8 35 M Matchcode 7 5 mean results 11 4 measurement results copying to clipboard 7 62 11 29 opening saved results 7 4 printing 11 27 saving as text files 7 65 11 30
303. sscacsssivesanasssieiesnanedssasuiesansannacanataninnes 10 12 Figure 10 7 Configuring an endpoint photometric test microplate eeeeseeeteeneereeerees 10 14 Figure 10 8 Configuring a multiwavelength photometric test microplate eee 10 16 Figure 10 9 Configuring a kinetic photometric test microplate eeceeeeeeceseeeeeneeeeeeeees 10 18 Figure 10 10 Configuring a spectral scan photometric test microplate 0 0 0 ec eeeeseeeeeeeees 10 22 Figure 10 11 Configuring an area scan photometric teSt ccecscecsseesteeeeceeeeeeeceteeeeeeennees 10 24 Figure 10 12 Configuring a linear scan photometric test ce eeeeceeseeseeeeeceeeeeeeeneetaeeeeeeeees 10 26 Figure 10 13 Quantitation Module Test Definition Quantitation tab ee eeeeeeeeeeees 10 28 Fig r 10 14 Messag Save Dati casevissrececcsossvavaabaneatpuossueriapnacistuseeenuslaceigiaisbienaencanenbiess 10 32 Figure 10 15 Selection test definitions 5 45 lt sisssacssaccesphvaessanestersigassasnacinctesiaccoantaasnaraviaaneanss 10 33 igre 10 16 Numbers of Samples sissmiconiisn a G 10 34 Figure 10 17 Pate coc oscar cena caren casnde tne pve easnan aes na aaa ara neneiia er SiS is Patinir ERES kaSis 10 35 Figure 10 18 Quantitation Module Test Definition eee eeeeseeneeeeeeeceeceseeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeees 10 36 Figure 10 19 Selection test definitions aisass ax caivssayiaunsaunnianeaesvansensawlavicatawneiiauenranecaousinsuevnnsee 10 3
304. st definition appears Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database 5 In Test Name enter a new name for the test Figure 10 20 Note Test names are limited to 20 characters in length 6 From the File menu choose Save The test definition is saved in the database with the new name and may be used to run a test 7 From the File menu choose End to return to the ELISA module test definition setup screen Note Refer to Section 10 3 Saving New Tests for more information about different methods of saving test definition data and returning to the main ADAP screen ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 40 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitat on 10 5 3 Deleting Tests Test definition parameters may be deleted by Level 2 administrator and Level 3 system administrator users refer to Chapter 2 User Login and System Administration To delete a test definition as 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Quantitation ge a Quantitation if necessary Note Ifthe Elisa Quantitation selection button is toggled to Elisa only tests defined in the ELISA module will be available to delete 2 From the Setup menu choose Calculation OR Choose Create Edit Calculation Quantitation Module Test Definition NEG appears Figure 10 22 w
305. sults measured in sample wells e Blank A well or cuvette that is left empty or filled only with reagents but no reacting sample used to measure background noise e Sample A well or cuvette containing a sample to measure Note The Numbers label below Type changes automatically to reflect the type of well chosen 2 In Numbers click and drag the slider to change the well label identification number Note Drag the slider to the right to increase the label number or to the left to reduce it 3 Use Plate Layout to define well locations or specific cuvettes for the configured Type refer to Section 10 2 1 2 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout 4 After defining well locations or specific cuvettes for the configured Type repeat steps 1 3 above for each additional well type desired on the plate 5 When all standards controls and blanks have been configured choose Fill Plate With Samples to populate all remaining wells or cuvettes with samples ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 10 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation Mc 10 2 1 2 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout For microplate samples Plate Layout defines the location of standard control blank and sample wells on the plate Figure 10 4 Well locations may also be edited and deleted using the options in Plate Layout Define Layout File Edit Control Position Options Type Standard x Plate Type Nu
306. t Area Scan Measurement 6 12 24 48 96 Well Plate performs an area scan of measurement points arranged in grid across the well The distance between and number of measurement points are user defined Area scan measurements may be performed on 6 12 24 48 and 96 well plates Note The plate format must be defined in Define Plate before configuring an area scan measurement refer to Section 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options To perform an Area Scan Measurement 6 12 24 48 96 Well Plate 1 Select Perform Area Scan Measurement 2 In Points Height and Width select the number of measurement points Note The number of points selected in Points defines how many points will be measured both vertically and horizontally for example choosing 6 means that 36 measurement points will be laid out in a 6 x 6 grid across the well The number of point selections available depends upon the plate format selected in the plate layout 12 well plates have a resolution of about 20 x 20 points 24 well plates about 14 x 14 96 well plates about 8 x 8 The exact resolution depends on plate type 3 In Resolution select the resolution or space between each measurement point The highest resolution value is 1 where the distance between measurement points is the smallest Note Well displays the layout and resolution of measurement points currently selected Reducing resolution maintains the same coverage
307. t Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 8 14 Selection test definitions ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 8 38 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 3 Select a test definition and choose OK Numbers of Samples appears Figure 8 15 Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Numbers of Samples Test Name 4 Para Numbers of Samples Figure 8 15 Numbers of Samples 4 Enter the number of samples to be measured on the plate and choose OK The measurement results screen appears and the measurement procedure begins After the measurement is complete the results are displayed refer to Chapter 11 Viewing Test and Multitest Assay Measurement Results 8 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Matchcode is the search feature included in Selection Depending on from which screen or tab Selection is accessed Matchcode performs searches for test definitions or measurement results stored in the ADAP database Matchcode provides wildcard operators and which simplify searching by allowing users to search for a set of possible characters in the plate ID name see Table 8 6 To search for an existing test definition 1 From Selection choose Matchcode Plate ID appears Figure 8 16 Input Plate ID
308. t Control Position l Options Type Sample Plate Type CUVETTE Numbers E Replicate Count fi PRG PR PRS PRI PRIO PR11 PR12 Figure 8 4 Define Layout Plate Layout tab cuvette Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ing and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 9 To define cuvette sample types or locations on the plate for wells configured in Control Position 1 In Plate Layout click on the desired well or cuvette to define Figure 8 3 Note Select multiple wells or cuvettes by clicking and then dragging over the desired range 2 From the Edit menu choose a method for selecting which wells or cuvettes will be defined as the type configured in Control Position OR Right click on the selected well s or cuvette s and choose a method for selecting which wells or cuvettes will be defined as the type configured in Control Position e Set De select all wells Populates or clears all wells on the microplate or all cuvette samples Set De select actual row With microplates populates or clears all wells in the same row as the first well selected Figure 8 3 With cuvettes populates or clears all cuvette samples e Set De select actual column With microplates populates or clears all wells in the same column as the first well selected Figure 8 3 With cuvettes populates or clears only the first cuvette sample selected e Set De select selected wells Populates or clears the selecte
309. t Oligo Short Concentration Melting Point Conversion factor pure dsDNA Concentration pure ssDNA Concentration Background correction E Rioten en Nucleic acid concentrations of ssDNA are determined by UV Quantitation Protein multiplying the A260 absorbance reading by a conversion factor RNA and by a dilution factor ADAP Prisma is programmed with a default Oligo Concentration conversion factor which can be modified at any time pure RNA Concentration Background correction at 4320 can be chosen as option Run Application Figure 12 8 DNA Pure ssDNA Concentration cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 16 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Enter a new Conversion Factor if desired Note The default conversion factor is 37 7 Select Background correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a second measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm measurement value before calculating the final measurement results
310. t 1 8 and UY Quantitation Protein pure ANA preparations have ratios of about 2 0 RNA Oligo Concentration If background correction is used the ratio calculation is done after pure RNA Concentration the background reading of 4320 is substracted from the A260 and 4280 values Run Application Figure 12 4 DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 8 Running Cuvette Applications 4 In Application Parameters enter a Sample Count Note Up to 50 cuvette samples may be measured in a single cuvette application 5 Enter a new Dilution Factor if desired Note The dilution factor specifies the dilution of the samples measured which the ADAP software uses to calculate the concentration of an undiluted sample Note The dilution factor is the same for all samples run in a measurement 6 Select Background Correction if desired Note Background Correction performs a third measurement at 320 nm This value is subtracted from the 260 nm and 280 nm values before the ratio between them is calculated 7 Follow the steps in Section 12 3 Running Cuvette Applications to start the application Note Refer to Section 12 4 2 Viewing DNA Concentration and Purity Measurement Results for information about how measurement results for this application are reported Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Running Cuvette Applications
311. t Curve Info In spectral scan measurements displays the OD and transmission values at all wavelengths measured refer to Section 7 3 4 3 Viewing Spectral Scan Curve Info Note The following results screens appear depending on the module used to configure the test definition the type of measurement performed and the options selected in the test definition Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Mean Displays mean values of replicates based on the mean calculation mode selected in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 1 Viewing Mean Results Data Transform Displays calculated measurement values for each well based on the transformation formula entered in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 2 Viewing Transformation Formula Results Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 3 Concentration Displays calculated concentration of each well based on the standard curve data entered in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results e Concentration Transformation Displays calculated concentration values for each well based on the concentration transformation formula entered in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 4 Viewing Concentration Transformation Results e Qualitative Displays the cutoff group name for each well if cutoff formulas and groups are configured in the test definition refer to Section 11 2 5 Viewing Qualitative Results e Pl
312. t definition Note Variables are typically used with test kits that have cutoff values or standard correction values based on lot number Under Set Measurement Parameter in X enter a transformation formula if desired Note The formula may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants as well as mathematical operators ABS SQR L F X and V refer to Section 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators Standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard PC for positive control and NC for negative control If desired use the Quantitation tab to configure standards and standard curve fitting refer to Section 10 2 8 Configuring Quantitative Evaluations Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 16 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 10 2 3 Configuring a Multiwavelength Photometric Test A multiwavelength photometric test performs up to eight absorbance or transmission measurements at different user specified wavelengths between 190 and 1000 nm To perform a multiwavelength photometric test measurement 1 Choose the sample format and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Endpoint Options
313. t not the parameters loaded in Standards and Curve Parameters in Standards and Curve must be edited or deleted manually Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ling and Running Tests Inthe ELISA Module 8 19 8 2 3 5 Configuring a Transformation Formula Transformation configures transformation formulas which depending on measurement type are used to transform measurement or reduced data X based on an algebraic formula X Note X must be included in a transformation formula To configure a transformation formula 1 Choose Yes or No to indicate whether a transformation formula will be used 2 If Yes is selected in X enter the transformation formula Note The formula may contain any controls standards or variables defined in the test any numerical constants as well as mathematical operators ABS SQR L F X and V refer to Section 8 2 8 3 Logical and Mathematical Operators Standards and controls are abbreviated as S for standard K for control QC for quality control PC for positive control and NC for negative control 3 Select Plate Row or Column to define how the transformation formula is applied to the wells on the plate e Plate applies the transformation formula to all wells on the plate e Row applies the transformation formula to all wells in a row with a defined control position e Column applies the transformation formula to all wells in a column with a defined
314. t sides of the instrument Figure 6 17 The measurement begins automatically once the cuvette is loaded Note For all types of measurements except kinetic the cuvette must be placed in the holder within 20 seconds after Place Cuvette appears Time left displays the time remaining to insert the cuvette If the 20 seconds expires before the cuvette is inserted in the cuvette holder the error Bright measurement not valid any longer appears Choose Read to perform a new lamp stabilization Note The cuvette holder door does not need to be closed during the measurement Refer to the instrument user manual for more details on inserting cuvettes into the cuvette holder Note Choose Stop Measurement or File gt Cancel to cancel a measurement in progress Cuvette Reading File Option Action Place Cuvette PR1 Timet 00 00 18 Samples to read Samples read Head Actual Value i E i fats Figure 6 17 Cuvette Reading Place Cuvette 5 When the measurement is complete remove the cuvette Samples Read displays sample IDs and the status of the measurement OK or Error Kinetic multiwavelength and spectral scan Quick measurements display a Graph Preview of the measurement results Figure 6 18 Endpoint measurements display OD in Actual Value Figure 6 19 Note Endpoint and Kinetic measurement results are displayed immediately Wavelength measurement results are displayed after the cuvette is removed from the cuvette holder
315. te of the instrument OK Ready Error or Standby Displays in Information the current status of several mechanical components including installed options and ADC values Statusreport Displays the current status of the light sources in Light Source Info Information Displays current alerts errors and warnings in Errors arnings Information Displays in Information the instrument log file that records all commands sent by the software to the instrument and execution errors Log File Note The instrument Log File is primarily intended for Anthos service engineers When an option is selected in Information the specific instrument information relating to the selected option appears in Information Figure 4 2 ME File Figure 4 2 Information displaying instrument status Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH olling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 5 Information can be e Copied to the clipboard refer to Section 4 2 2 1 Copying Instrument Information to the Clipboard e Saved as a text file refer to Section 4 2 2 2 Saving Instrument Information in a Text File e Printed refer to Section 4 2 2 3 Printing Instrument Information 4 2 2 1 Copying Instrument Information to the Clipboard Information can be copied to the clipboard and then pasted into another application such as a word processor To copy the information to the clipboard From the Fi
316. ters and measurement results refer to Section 12 4 2 1 Viewing the Result List For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application e Curve Info Displays detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data Optical density and percentage transmission values for samples at each wavelength measured are also displayed refer to Section 12 4 2 2 Viewing Curve Info For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 34 Running Cuvette Applications 12 4 2 1 Viewing the Result List For the DNA Concentration and Purity Cuvette Application Result List displays a summary of data evaluated by the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application including parameters and measurement results Figure 12 20 ADAP 20030819 14c Concentration and Purity E oj xi 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lej xj saae A Bs Quantitation AY PE T E L 1 zenytn200 snro1020 Calculate Status Graphic Info Calculation 1 y Curve Info Concentration and Purity Plate ID 20033223 7c Protein Sample Dil Factor Absorbance Absorbance Absorbance Ratio Ratio 260 280 280 260 2 374 48 2 362 67 Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 12 20 Result List for the DNA Concentration and Purity cuvette application Note Formulas used in calculations DNA concentration abs 260 320 62 9 abs 280 3
317. test Selection appears Figure 10 15 4 items update list Delete Matchcode Cancel Figure 10 15 Selection test definitions ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 34 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation N 3 Select a test definition and choose OK Numbers of Samples appears Figure 10 16 Note Choose Matchcode to search for test definitions by name refer to Section 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Numbers of Samples Test Name 4 Para Numbers of Samples Figure 10 16 Numbers of Samples Enter the number of samples to be measured on the plate and choose OK The measurement results screen appears and the measurement procedure begins After the measurement is complete the results are displayed refer to Chapter 11 Viewing Test and Multitest Assay Measurement Results 10 4 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Test Definitions Stored In the ADAP Software Database Matchcode is the search feature included in Selection Depending on from which screen or tab Selection is accessed Matchcode performs searches for test definitions or measurement results stored in the ADAP database Matchcode provides wildcard operators and which simplify searching by allowing users to search for a set of possible characters in the plate ID name see Table 10 3 Table 10 3 Matchcode wildcard operators Wildcard
318. tion must be configured cuvettes require no additional formatting parameters be configured After configuring formatting parameters the Measurement Mode or type of Quick measurement is selected Note Refer to Section 6 1 1 Configuration Options for Microplates and Section 6 1 2 Configuration Options for Cuvettes for an overview of which how configuration options change depending on which sample Format is selected To configure the Format and select Measurement Mode 1 From the Reading menu choose Quick OR R Choose Quick Read Quick Read appears Figure 6 3 i Load Plate Eject Plate Format Microplate bi Plate Type STANDARD x Measurement Position SE Iv Set Sample Measurement Mode Endpoint Photometric ki Measurement Filter 405 Reference Filter Shaking E Figure 6 3 Quick Read 2 Choose the Format Microplate or Cuvette 3 If Microplate is the selected Format in Plate Type select the plate definition of the plate being measured Note Selecting a new Plate Type automatically invalidates the current layout selected in Set Sample because well dimensions and the number of wells on the plate may have changed Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 7 4 In Measurement Position select All to perform measurements on samples in all wells on the microplate Note When Cuvette is the selected Format Measurement Position options are not available
319. tions Assay Name kinetic_01 Shaking Yes Time 5 y Before Measurement Between Cy cles Low Medium O High Method Endpoint Kinetic Spectrum Plates Cuvette Plates I Background correction Edit Define Layout Temperature Set Temperature Ambient 45 C me Wavelength Reference 405 620 Set Measurement Parameter Cycles 2 Interval 5 Data Reduction Peak Value Smoothing Points E Transformation Formula x gt Name Figure 10 9 Configuring a kinetic photometric test microplate Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 5 x 4 10 11 12 13 ad Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 19 In Temperature if desired enter an incubation temperature for the test Note Temperature is available only for tests performed on microplate samples Note The incubation temperature must be a minimum of 4 C 7 2 F above ambient The maximum incubation temperature is 45 C 113 F Note To turn temperature control off in Set Temperature enter 0 In Shaking if desired choose Yes to shake the microplate during the measurement Note Shaking may be performed only on microplate samples Note If shaking is not desired go to step 9 If Shaking is enabled select the Time to shake in seconds If Shaking is enabled select the intensity Low Me
320. trix that matches the plate layout Figure 7 40 For each well the first line lists the plate layout label assigned to the well the second OD Transmission or Reduced Data results and the third Status 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Pr1 Pro Pr17 Pr25 Pr33 Pr41 Pr49 Pr57 9134 117 1168 235 476 471 7549 412 1994 118 3716 471 3652 941 10581 180 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Pr2 Pr10 Pr18 Pr26 Pr34 Pr42 Pr50 Pr58 3624 706 2650 588 2431 765 7796 471 3490 588 462 353 900 000 141 177 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Pr3 Pr11 Pr19 Pr27 Pr35 Pr43 Pr51 Pr59 6723 529 3088 235 12501 180 1104 706 4189 412 9702 353 875 294 218 824 OK OK ji OK OK OK OK OK OK Pr4 Pr12 Pr20 Pr28 Pr36 Pr44 Pr52 Pr60 808 235 4916 471 6589 412 4768 235 2227 059 847 059 1118 823 8392 941 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Pr5 Pr13 Pr21 Pr29 Pr37 Pr45 Pr53 Pr61 11085 880 928 235 1450 588 772 941 7238 824 1884 706 7401 176 3854 118 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Figure 7 40 General measurement results OD and Status excerpt Note A general measurement results printout of kinetic measurement results includes kinetic graphs for measured wells Kinetic graphs can also be printed separately by choosing Print Graph in Kinetic Graph refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs To print kinetic raw data in Raw Data choose Print Raw Data refer to Section 7 4 2 Printing Raw Data and Curve
321. trument Note The standalone Zenyth 200st must be placed in Remote Control mode to be controlled by the ADAP software Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information about Remote Control mode From the Setup menu select Instrument Instrument appears Figure 3 1 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Functions 1 Functions 2 Down Upload Filter Wavelength 190 1000 nm m Installed Plates 6WELL 12WELL 24WELL 48WELL BC_96_F STANDARD TEST GRE384 xl m Temperature Read Temperature 35 2 Celsius Instrument Baudrate 38400 COM Port Auto Sense Instrument Type Zenyth200 bel Read Configuration Serial Number 1001 Type 110 Barcode A Firmware Version 1 0 03201 2003 r Service Code m Figure 3 1 Instrument ng the Instrument to Perform Measurements 3 3 3 2 1 Configuring Instrument Settings The options in Instrument configure communications settings between the computer and Zenyth 200 and display current information about the connected instrument Note The standalone Zenyth 200st must be placed in Remote Control mode before configuring instrument settings Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information about Remote Control mode To configure the communications settings 1 In Baudrate select Auto Sense or the desired baud rate for communication between the ADAP software and the micro
322. trument the original plate formatting information stored in the instrument is overwritten To upload and backup plate formats Note Before transferring data the Zenyth 200st must be placed in Remote Control mode Refer to the instrument user s manual for more information 1 In the ADAP software from the Setup menu choose Instrument Instrument appears Figure 5 1 2 Choose Down Upload Figure 5 5 3 In Test Plate Definition choose Plate Definition under Instrument gt PC to transfer the stored plate definition file from the instrument to the computer Save As appears Figure 5 6 Si x Save in i control Software e ae a 384format plt STANDARD plt File name v Save as type Plate Definition Cancel Le My Network P Figure 5 6 Save As 4 Browse to the directory where the uploaded plate formats will be stored in a plate definition plt file 5 In File name choose a name for the file for example default_plates_backup plt 6 Choose Save to create the backup plate definition file 7 Repeat steps 3 5 to create a second copy of the plate definition file This is the file that will be edited and transferred back to the instrument 8 In File name choose a name for the plate definition that will be edited and transferred back to the instrument Use a name similar to that given to the backup file for example default_plates plt 9 Choose Save Anthos Labtec Ins
323. trument operations independently from measurements Functions 1 controls operations such as loading and ejecting microplates and displays instrument information refer to Section 4 2 Using Functions 1 Functions 2 calibrates the lamps and transports and provides manual control of microplate shaking refer to Section 4 3 Using Functions 2 To access the Functions tabs 1 From the Setup menu choose Instrument Instrument appears Figure 4 1 2 Choose the desired Functions tab to display Functions 1 or Functions 2 The selected tab is displayed Figure 4 1 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 4 2 Manually Controlling the Instrument With the AL 4 2 Using Functions 1 Functions 1 is divided into two sections Functions and Information Figure 4 1 Functions controls several common instrument operations refer to Section 4 2 1 Performing Functions Information displays information about the connected instrument refer to Section 4 2 2 Viewing Information i Instrument File Functions 2 Down Upload m Functions Load Plate Reset Air Filter Eject Plate Initialize STOR Barcode ADC Diode Values Sensor State Check Plate m Information Status Statusreport Light Source Info Erors Wamings Log File Figure 4 1 Instrument Functions 1 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH trolling the Instrument With the ADAP Software 4 3 4 2 1
324. truments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 17 7 3 3 Viewing Multiwavelength Photometric Measurement Results Results for multiwavelength photometric Quick measurements are displayed in four tabs e Raw Data Displays measurement results for each wavelength chosen in the Quick measurement refer to Section 7 3 3 1 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Raw Data e Graphic Displays a graph of multiwavelength measurement results for each well or cuvette sample refer to Section 7 3 3 1 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Raw Data e Status Displays which wells or cuvette samples were measured successfully and which were not because of errors during measurement refer to Section 7 3 1 3 Viewing Sample Status e Curve Info Displays optical density and percentage transmission values for a single sample at each wavelength measured In the ADAP Prisma software more detailed information about the curve including peak and valley data is also displayed refer to Section 7 3 3 4 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Curve Info ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 18 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 3 1 Viewing Multiwavelength Measurement Raw Data Raw Data displays the optical density OD for each well or cuvette sample at each wavelength measured Figure 7 12 Results for each measured wavelength are displayed separately The wavelength currently being displayed is indicat
325. truments GmbH sferring Data Between the Instrument and Computer 5 9 5 3 2 Creating and Editing Plate Formats Plate formats uploaded from the instrument and stored in a plate definition plt can be created and edited To create or edit a a plate format 1 Upload and backup plate formats using the steps detailed in Section 5 3 1 Uploading and Backing Up Plate Formats Stored in the Zenyth 200 2 In Test Plate Data Transfer choose Edit Plate Definition Open appears Figure 5 7 Look in E Control Sotware ss HK EB a 384format plt a STANDARD plt File name v Ta J cel Files of type Plate Definition File plt Cancel A Figure 5 7 Opening a plate definition file 3 Browse to and select the plate definition plt file to edit ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 5 10 Transferring Data Between the Instrument and Cc 4 Choose Open Plate Definition appears Figure 5 8 im Plate Definition x File Edit ADY Delta Y Well Diameter OO000000C OOO0O000C OODOOOOCOC FO FO EO CONE EE STANDARD 7 AOX 11 35 ADY 14 35 Delta x Delta Y Diameter Figure 5 8 Plate Definition 5 To create a new plate format in Name enter a name for the new plate format OR To edit an existing plate format in Name select the desired plate format to edit 6 In Well select the number of wells on the plate Note 1536 well plates are not supported by the
326. ts multiwavelength Raw Data cuvette cc cesses 7 18 Figure 7 13 Measurement results multiwavelength Graphic cuvette c csseeseeeeeeees 7 19 Figure 7 14 Multiwavelength Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample c eeeeeeeeees 7 20 Figure 7 15 Measurement results multiwavelength Curve Info cuvette cceeeeee 7 21 Figure 7 16 Measurement results spectral scan Graphic cccecceesceeseeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeenees 7 23 Figure 7 17 Spectral scan Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample cceeeeeeeeeeeetees 7 24 Figure 7 18 Measurement results spectral scan Curve Info cuvette ccceeseeteeeeeees 7 25 Figure 7 19 Raw Data tab for a Linear Scan Measurementt cceeceeceeseeeeeeeeceeceeeeneeeeeeenees 7 27 Figure 7 20 Measurement results linear scan graphs ecceecceeseeeeceeseeeeseceeeeeaeecsseeneenees 7 28 Figure 7 21 Linear scan graph for a single well g ssvesssunccsinsyatecenasiileceanmiaceessvedeeaa eaielentn 7 30 Figure 7 22 Measurement results linear scan Curve Info sensessesesseeseseseessstseesessrseesee 7 31 Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Fig re 7 23 Graphicsin aeeie a aA Geen tied aciennccameeoaeaRNs 7 32 Figure 7 24 Graph displaying an individual curve icscsssusssscsssdsasesssevesssutaesesdsasnsesessdansesusevestiours 7 34 Figure 7 25 Information curve Properties ccccccccesecescessseceseceeceeeeeeseecsae
327. ts 5 If desired select Shaking to shake the microplate prior to the measurement Quick Read expands to display Shaking options Note Shaking may only be performed with microplates Note If shaking is not desired go to step 8 6 If Shaking is selected in Intensity select the intensity of the shaking Low Medium or High 7 If Shaking is selected in Time select the length of time to shake in seconds Note Choose Shake Now to immediately shake the plate for the Intensity and Time specified 8 To perform the Quick measurement on microplate samples follow the steps in Section 6 3 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Microplate Samples OR To perform the Quick measurement on cuvette samples follow the steps in Section 6 4 Running and Saving Quick Measurements on Cuvette Samples Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Performing Quick Measurements 6 13 6 2 4 Configuring a Kinetic Photometric Quick Measurement A kinetic photometric Quick measurement performs a user specified series of absorbance or transmission measurements on each sample at user specified intervals Single or bichromatic measurements may be performed at user specified wavelengths between 190 and 1000 nm Bichromatic measurements perform a second measure ment in each cycle using a Reference Filter This measurement is subtracted from the first then final measurement results are calculated using a data reduction method Note Kinetic p
328. ts linear scan graphs for all measured wells not the individual well being viewed in detail refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs ADAP 20030106 3 Quick Mode loj xj 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lj xj seg ayy w ea ra g Elisa Mee PE T E E T fZenyn 200 510207 Calculate Raw Data Scan Scan Status Curve Into Measurement Time Scale Y 95 000 Print Graph 25 25 Cycle x axis Measurement position Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 21 Linear scan graph for a single well Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 31 7 3 5 4 Viewing Linear Scan Curve Info Curve Info displays the transmission values at all 25 measurement points for a single sample Figure 7 22 The ADAP Prisma software also displays more detailed information about the curve including values of peaks valleys and average slope To view Curve Info for a different well Choose Previous Sample to view Curve Info for the previous sample OR Choose Next Sample to view Curve Info for the next sample To print Curve Info measurement results for all samples Choose Print To print Curve Info tables for the displayed sample Right click in a Curve Info table and choose the desired printing option refer to Section 7 4 2 1 Printing Curve Info Data Tables ADAP 20030616 1c Quick Mode lolx l x 5 gt Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help Se 6
329. turns the lamp off The next cuvette measurement performed will require the maximum 60 second lamp stabilization time Cuvette Reading File Option Action Lamp stabilization time Please wait Time left 00 00 53 Samples to read Samples read Head Reread Actual Value Figure 12 14 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization 4 When lamp stabilization is complete insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder within 20 seconds Figure 12 15 The measurement begins automatically ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 26 Running Cuvette Applications 5 When Place Cuvette appears in Action insert the cuvette into the cuvette holder with the clear sides facing the left and right sides of the instrument Figure 12 15 The measurement begins automatically once the cuvette is loaded Note For all types of measurements except kinetic the cuvette must be placed in the holder within 20 seconds after Place Cuvette appears Time left displays the time remaining to insert the cuvette If the 20 seconds expires before the cuvette is inserted in the cuvette holder the error Bright measurement not valid any longer appears Choose Read to perform a new lamp stabilization Note The cuvette holder door does not need to be closed during the measurement Refer to the instrument user manual for more details on inserting cuvettes into the cuvette holder Note Choose Stop Measurement or File gt Cancel to cancel an
330. ual 8 4 Defining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module To open the ELISA module test definition configuration 1 From the toolbar toggle the Elisa Quantitation selection button to Elisa if necessary 2 From the Setup menu choose Test Definition OR par From the toolbar choose Create Edit Calculation The ELISA test definition NEG configuration appears with the General tab open Figure 8 1 ADAP no File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Options Kinetic Scan Rejection Validation Test Name Shaking IT Yes Low Medium Edit Define Layout High Instrument Measurement Filter Reference Filter Measurement Filter lt gt Zenyth200 SNr01001 hs Reference Filter lt gt Data Transfer Mode Plate Parameter V1 V2 V3 V4 Lot Dependent Concentration O Yes No a O Yes Check Variables No Figure 8 1 ELISA module test definition configuration General tab Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Jefining and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 5 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options The Zenyth 200 is capable of performing test measurements on microplate and cuvette samples The sample format selected for a new test definition affects which test options are available in the configuration tabs For example scan measurements may only be performed on microplate samples
331. ual Valuq ng position ia PFE E Selected Region The graph view will zoom so that the selected region fills Graph Qo for Figure 7 28 Selecting a zoom region To reset the original graph view From the Options menu choose Restore Graph 1 1 ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 40 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 3 6 4 Using Curve Fitting Methods to Smooth Curves Curves can be smoothed using one of the five curve fitting methods available in the ADAP software Smoothed curves may also be e Deleted refer to Section 7 3 6 4 1 Deleting Smoothed Curves e Saved refer to Section 7 3 6 4 2 Saving Smoothed Curves e Opened refer to Section 7 3 6 4 3 Opening Saved Smoothed Curves To apply a curve fitting method to a curve 1 In Select Line choose the curve to smooth Note If desired the curve to smooth can be viewed individually refer to Section 7 3 6 1 Viewing Individual Curves 2 From the Edit menu choose the curve fitting method to apply e Smooth Curve Linear Curve is smoothed by a linear regression calculation refer to Section 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models Smooth Curve Mean Curve is smoothed using mean values Smooth Curve Cubic Spline Low Curve is smoothed by a cubic spline calculation refer to Section 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models Note Choose this option when the deviation of measurement points is low e Smooth C
332. uch as an Acrobat PDF pdf a prompt asking for the filename appears The printed file is saved to the ADAP software home directory Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Inning Multitest Assays In the ELISA Module 9 9 9 3 Deleting Multitest Configurations The current Multitest configuration which includes selected tests sample IDs and plate layouts can be deleted to start a new Multitest configuration Note Multitest configurations are not saved to an external file All plates configured for a Multitest assay are saved by default when the Multitest plate layout has been determined To delete the existing selections and layouts 1 Choose Delete Parameters OR From the File menu choose New Message appears Figure 9 6 lt n x Warning Delete current Layout Cancel Figure 9 6 Message Delete current Layout 2 Choose OK to delete the current configuration OR Choose Cancel to return to the current configuration ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 9 10 Defining and Running Multitest Assays In the ELI 9 4 Running a Multitest Assay Measurement Once a Multitest assay has been configured and the plate layouts designed the measurement can be performed To perform a Multitest assay measurement 1 In the ADAP software main screen from the Reading menu choose Multitest OR Choose Measure Multitest Plate Selection appears Figure 9 7 Plate Selection 9 4
333. ults and Section 11 3 Viewing Multitest Measurement Results e Recalculated with different parameters following the measurement refer to Section 11 4 Recalculating Test Results Note Only tests configured in the ELISA module may be recalculated tests configured in the Quantitation module may not e Printed to view and store a hard copy refer to Section 11 5 Printing Measurement Results e Exported to view in another application refer to Section 11 6 Exporting Measurement Results to Other Applications e Stored in the ADAP software database refer to Section 11 7 Working with Measurement Results Stored in the ADAP Database ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 11 2 Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 2 Viewing Test Measurement Results Test measurement results are displayed in a series of tabs in the ADAP software main window The tabs displayed depend on the module used to configure the test definition the type of measurement performed and the options selected in the test definition Test measurement results include Note The following tabs also appear in Quick measurement results Which tabs appear depends on the type of measurement performed Refer to Chapter 7 Viewing Quick Measurement Results for more information about each tab OD In photometric measurement results displays the optical density measurement for each well measured refer to Section 7 3 1 View
334. ults with Actual Value eeeeseeeeereeeeees 6 28 Figure 6 20 Plate ID for a cuvette measurement sics icc nasiiaeanacnteannnnuaaaannncanianes 6 29 Figure 6 21 Cuvette Reading Lamp stabilization time ccccescccssecesseeeeeceteeesceeseeeeteeeees 6 30 Figure 7 1 Measurement results for a 96 well microplate ssseseessssseseesesseseesessrseessssersessesee 7 2 Figure 7 2 Measurement results for cuvette samples cssscsssssssssnrssrssrsssnssssersctsesseneenseets 7 3 Figure 7 3 Selection saved Quick measurement eceseeeeeseeeseceseceeeeaeeeseeeeeesecaecaeeneeees 7 4 Figure 74 Ua VY annae anes gassed can enn eee E a A 7 5 Figure 7 5 Measurement results OD microplate ccccceeccecseceseceeeeeesceceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeaeens 7 9 Figure 7 6 Measurement results Transmission Cuvette c cceccecssecsseceseceeeeeeseeseeeteenees 7 10 Figure 7 7 Measurement results Status microplate ccccescesscssseeeseeeeeceeeeeeseecsseeeseeeees 7 11 Figure 7 8 Measurement results reduced data microplate ccceesceeeseeeeeeneeeeteeeeeenees 7 13 Figure 7 9 Measurement results kinetic measurement raw data microplate 0 7 14 Figure 7 10 Measurement results Kinetic Graph microplate c cccccesceseeeeeeeteeeeeeenees 7 15 Figure 7 11 Kinetic graph for a single well or cuvette sample ceeeeceseceeceteceeeeneeeeeeeees 7 16 Figure 7 12 Measurement resul
335. ured in the ELISA module e Normal Scan Measurement 96 Well Plate Configures a linear scan with up to 25 user defined measurement points refer to Section 8 2 7 1 Configuring a Normal Scan Measurement e Area Scan 6 12 24 48 or 96 Well Plate Configures an area scan with user defined measurement points and resolution refer to Section 8 2 7 2 Configuring an Area Scan Measurement Scan All 96 Well Plate Configures a linear scan with 27 measurement points across the well refer to Section 8 2 7 3 Configuring a Scan All Measurement Note Scan measurements are available only for microplate samples The message Selected Plate is not supported appears when attempting to run a scan measurement on cuvette samples Note Evaluation functions such as qualitative and quantitative analysis and transformation rejection and validation formulas are not available with scan measurements Any configured evaluation functions are ignored To configure a linear or area scan measurement 1 Define the plate layout if it has not been done refer to Section 8 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 Select the Scan tab Figure 8 12 ADAP b File Layout General Quantitative Qualitative Option Scan Rejection Validation Normal Scan Measurement 96 Well Plate J Perform normal Scan measurement BES m mj mj mj mj m ERR eRe eRe m m maj mj es i i 12 0 12 Sel
336. urement results saved with the default file name provided by the ADAP software are identified by the c at the end of the filename for example 20030530 4c Note Saved measurement results are listed in descending chronological order by measurement date 70 items 20030218 1 20030217 3 20030217 2 2003021 7 1 2003021 2 7 2003021 2 6 2003021 2 5 2003021 2 4 2003021 2 3 2003021 2 2 2003021 2 1 20030211 9 x from 172972003 to 2 28 2003 update list E Delete Matchcode OK Cancel Figure 7 3 Selection saved Quick measurements Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 5 2 Select the measurement results to view Only one plate may be viewed at a time Note To narrow the list by date select dates in from and to and choose update list To search for a specific plate ID by characters in the Plate ID name choose Matchcode refer to Section 7 2 1 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Saved Measurement Results 3 Choose OK to view the measurement results OR Choose Cancel to close Selection without opening a saved plate OR Choose Delete to delete the selected measurement results from the database 7 2 1 1 Using Matchcode to Search for Saved Measurement Results Matchcode is the search feature that appears in Selection Depending on from which screen or tab Selection is accessed Matchcode performs searches for saved measurement results or test definitions M
337. urve Cubic Spline Medium Curve is smoothed by a cubic spline calculation refer to Section 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models Note Choose this option when the deviation of measurement points is medium e Smooth Curve Cubic Spline High Curve is smoothed by a cubic spline calculation refer to Section 8 2 3 2 1 Curve Fitting Models Note Choose this option when the deviation of measurement points is high The smoothed curve is calculated and displayed with the original curve In Select Line smoothed curves are labeled using the format curve fitting method original curve label for example Mean Well 1 1 3 To smooth additional curves repeat steps 1 and 2 above 7 3 6 4 1 Deleting Smoothed Curves Smoothed curves displayed in Graph can be deleted Deleting a smoothed curve removes it from the graph view but does not delete smoothed curve data saved in Calc Container files To delete smoothed curves From the Edit menu choose Delete Calc Container Smoothed curves are removed from the graph view Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 41 7 3 6 4 2 Saving Smoothed Curves Smoothed curve data can be saved for further evaluation Smoothed curves are stored in a Calc Container a text file that may be opened by most word processors spreadsheets and database applications To save a Calc Container 1 From the File menu choose Save Calc Container Save As appears Figure 7
338. urve fitting method Point to Point Linear Regression Cubic Spline or 4 Parameter Fit Note Refer to Section 10 2 8 2 1 Curve Fitting Models for detailed information about curve fitting methods In Axis X Y select the scale to use for the X and Y axes lin lin Linear Linear lin log Linear Logarithmic e log log Logarithmic Logarithmic In Extrapolation enter a percentage value to extrapolate the standard curve above and below the highest and lowest standard points in the curve if desired Note Extrapolation percentages can be used with Linear Regression Cubic Spline or 4 Parameter Fit curve fitting methods Note The percentage value entered in Extrapolation can be up to 99 9 In Units enter the units of measure to be displayed in the test measurement results Note Units are used for documentation purposes only and do not impact the standard curve Units appears in Transform in the test measurement results window refer to Section 11 2 3 Viewing Concentration Results In Validate Curve choose Yes or No to validate the test based on an acceptable coefficient of correlation Note Validate Curve is only available with the Linear Regression curve fitting method If Yes is selected in Validate Curve in Min Correlation enter the minimum correlation percentage value for the test to be valid Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH id Running Tests In the Quantitat
339. vailable automatically change to reflect the type of measurement being configured Variable When defining endpoint and multiwavelength tests configures numeric values for up to eight variables that can be used in any formula defined in the test definition ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 6 Defining and Running Tests In the Quantitation 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options The Zenyth 200 is capable of performing test measurements on microplate and cuvette samples The sample format selected for a new test definition affects which test options are available in the General tab For example scan measurements may be performed only on microplate samples For this reason the sample format and options should be configured before the options available in the other sections To choose the sample format and configure sample options e Choose the sample format in Plates refer to Section 10 2 1 1 Choosing the Sample Format Configure sample options in Define Layout refer to Section 10 2 1 2 Configuring Sample Options 10 2 1 1 Choosing the Sample Format The sample format is chosen in the Plates section of the General tab Figure 10 2 i Quantitation Module Test Definition ioj x File General Quantitation Applications Assay r Shaking Variable Yes Variable 1 v1 Meme Time 5 v Low fo 0 Medium High Variable 2 v2 0 0
340. vidual well or cuvette sample can be viewed in detail Positioning the cursor over any point on the curve displays the x and y coordinate values of that position in the upper right corner of the tab To display the multiwavelength Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample 1 In Graphic click on the desired well to view 2 Choose Zoom Graph from the menu that appears Graphic displays the detailed multiwavelength graph for the selected well or cuvette sample Figure 7 14 To return to the main multiwavelength Graphic view Click on the detailed multiwavelength graph Graphic displays multiwavelength graphs for all wells or cuvette samples Figure 7 13 Note Print Graph prints multiwavelength graphs for all measured wells and cuvette samples not the individual well or cuvette sample being viewed in detail refer to Section 7 4 3 Printing Graphs 5 Database Reading Setup Options End Windows Help lej xj sgg aayu w ea R B Elisa K PETE ET zenin 200 51010207 CEE Raw Data Graphic Status Curve Info Measurement time 00 01 23 Scale Y 1 000 Print Graph 4 4 Wavelength Position 1 1 Curve Displays the x and y axis values corresponding to the location of the cursor when positioned over the graph X axis Wavelength y axis OD or transmission values Anthos Labtec Instruments Figure 7 14 Multiwavelength Graphic for a single well or cuvette sample Antho
341. w Medium O High T Yes Zenyth200 Data Transfer Mode SNr 01001 Measurement Filter Reference Filter Measurement Filter lt gt X Plate is Reference Filter lt gt Parameter V1 Yes No Lot Dependent Concentration V2 V3 V4 O Yes Check Variables No 1 Figure 8 6 ELISA module test definition configuration General tab In Test Name enter a name for the test Note Test names are limited to 20 characters in length In Instrument select the instrument to be used to perform the test Note The type and serial number of the instrument currently connected or used in the previous test is automatically selected The instrument setting only needs to be selected manually if a different instrument will be used to perform the test currently being defined In Data Transfer Mode if desired select how measurement results are transferred from the instrument to computer e Plate Transfers data for the entire plate at one time e Row Transfers data one row at a time e Well Transfers data one well at a time Note Selecting a Data Transfer Mode is not required for cuvette measurements When reading microplates or cuvette samples the ADAP software automatically chooses the mode that is most applicable to the type of measurement being performed Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH 4 10 11 ning and Runni
342. w by row Note Filling Direction is disabled when CUVETTE is selected In Replicate No Direction select the number of replicates to be used for each sample and set the filling direction of replicates e Vertical Replicate labels are numbered in ascending order column by column e Horizontal Replicate labels are numbered in ascending order row by row Note When cuvette is the selected format Replicate No Direction changes to Replicate Count Enter the number of replicates for each sample Up to 50 samples including replicates can be measured in a test 5 In Well Labels select the format of the well labels e At1 A2 B1 B2 Labels rows by letter columns by number e 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 Labels rows and columns by number Note Well Labels is disabled when CUVETTE is selected Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH ling and Running Tests In the ELISA Module 8 7 8 2 1 2 Configuring Well or Cuvette Types and Labels in Control Position The options in Control Position work in conjunction with Plate Layout to configure well or cuvette types label numbers and locations of samples Standards controls and blanks are configured using Control Position then placed on the plate or assigned to specific cuvettes using Plate Layout Note Refer to Section 8 2 1 3 Defining Sample Location in Plate Layout for information about defining the actual location of wells on the plate To configure well
343. ween each measurement point The highest resolution value is 1 where the distance between measurement points is the smallest Note The graphic depicting a well displays the layout and resolution of measurement points currently selected Reducing resolution maintains the same coverage but spaces fewer measurement points further apart increasing resolution adds measurement points to the same coverage area Save the test definition following the steps in Section 10 3 Saving New Tests ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 10 26 Defining and Running Tests In the Quanti 10 2 7 Configuring a Linear Scan Photometric Test Linear scan test measurements perform transmission measurements at 25 points along a linear axis crossing the center of each measured well on a 96 well microplate Note Area scan test measurements may be performed only on microplate samples To perform a linear scan test measurement 1 In Plates choose Plates and configure sample options following the steps in Section 10 2 1 Choosing the Sample Format and Configuring Sample Options 2 In Assay enter a Name for the test 3 In Method choose Endpoint Options available in the General tab change to include only those applicable for endpoint scan measurements and the selected sample format 4 In Set Measurement Parameter choose Linear Scan The applicable configuration options for a linear scan measurement appear in Set Measurement Parameter
344. with User Level 1 access Quantitation Module Test Definition opens with only the Applications tab visible For users with higher access levels Quantitation Module Test Definition opens to the General tab w Quantitation Module Test Definition File General Quantitation Applications Appl ications tab Assay r Shaking Variable Yes Variable 1 V1 Name Time 5 E Low oo Poo Medium High Variable 2 2 Method Ples Set Measurement Parameter Variable 3 V3 Endpoint O Cuvette Wavelength fi x J Area Scan Jao T Linear Scan p Plates Variable 4 v4 O Kinetic eo I Background correction el Reference Variable 5 v5 Spectrum po 7 j Variable 6 V6 Edit Define Layout po CS Variable 7 V7 Temperature po Ambient 45 C Set Temperature jo Variable 8 v8 0 0 Figure 12 2 Quantitation Module Test Definition 3 Ifthe General tab is displayed choose the Applications tab to configure cuvette applications ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 12 4 Running Cuvette Applications 4 Choose the desired Application and configure Application Parameters following the steps listed in its respective section e Cell counting refer to Section 12 2 1 Configuring a Cell Counting Cuvette Application e DNA Concentration and Purity refer to Section 12 2 2 Configuring a
345. x Slope Difference in OD between the first measurement and the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is calculated by determining the center point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Smoothing Points Delta Time Absolute Time elapsed from one preselected OD value to another Lower Limit Upper Limit Delta Time Max Slope Time difference in seconds between the first measurement and the occurrence of the center point of the maximum slope Note The center point of the maximum slope is calculated by determining the center point between the smoothing points of the regression line with the maximum slope Smoothing Points Delta Time Relative Time elapsed in seconds from the first measurement to reaching a set increase decrease amount from the first OD measurement In Decrease Maximum Declining Slope Determines the maximum declining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Maximum Inclining Slope Determines the maximum inclining rate of the reaction curve by calculating a linear regression over each group of Smoothing Points in the kinetic reading sequence Smoothing Points Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH id Running Tests In the Quantitation Module 10 21 Table 10 1 Data
346. y the displayed results as a text file OR From the Options menu choose Save all data as TXT to save all measurement results as one text file Note When saving Raw Data to a text file choosing Save displayed data as TXT copies only the cycle or well displayed To save raw data results for all cycles or wells measured choose Save all data as TXT 3 Save As appears Browse to the desired location to save the data Note Ifthe ADAP software is configured in Setup System to automatically save measurement results as text files these files may also be opened in a text editor or other application Refer to Section 3 3 Configuring System Settings for information about configuring the ADAP software to automatically save measurement results as text files ADAP Software for Zenyth 200 Operating Manual 7 66 Viewing Quick Measurement Results 7 5 2 1 Saving Curve Info Table Data as a Text File Table data in the Curve Info tab for multiwavelength spectral scan and linear scan measurements can be saved to a text file within the Curve Info tab To save table data as a test file 1 Right click on a results table A menu with print copy and text file options appears Figure 7 51 2 Choose Save all Tables as TXT Save As appears Figure 7 52 Original 20030807123001 TxT 2 20030808103436 TXT 20030807082800 TxT 20030807123244 TxT 20030808103651 TXT 20030807111500 TxT 2 20030807124451 TxT 2 2030818
347. y the cycle or well displayed To save raw data results for all cycles or wells measured choose Save all data as TXT 3 Save As appears Browse to the desired location to save the data Note Ifthe ADAP software is configured in Setup System to automatically save measurement results as text files these files may also be opened in a text editor or other application Refer to Section 3 3 Configuring System Settings for information about configuring the ADAP software to automatically save measurement results as text files 11 6 3 Exporting the Database To preserve data integrity all measurement results are stored in a database that can only be accessed by the ADAP software However the database can be exported in Microsoft Access format and opened by Access or a compatible database application To export the database 1 From the Database menu choose Export Database A copy of the database named PlateDataReplica mdb is exported to the ADAP software default directory 2 Choose OK when prompted to complete the export 3 Open PlateDataReplica in Access or a compatible database application Anthos Labtec Instruments GmbH Viewing Test and Multitest Measurements 11 31 11 7 Working with Measurement Results Stored in the ADAP Database The ADAP software automatically saves raw data from all measured plates and cuvettes in a database Saved data for any measured plate or cuvette can be accessed from the Database menu
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Conexión de bus de campo con AS i, diseño B YP250A(5SJ5)SPAIN - Yamaha Motor México Gefen EXT-DVI-441DL User's Manual 取扱説明書 - 山田照明 Manuel d`utilisation Manutenzione - Wacker Neuson - Service, Support InLine 33378X hardware cooling accessory User manual Dishwasher Istruzioni per l'uso Lavastoviglie Manual Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file